You are on page 1of 231

“十二五”普通高等教育省部级规划教材

(全新修订版)

新发展大学英语
听力教程 2
教师用书
总主编  张  宜
主  编  张  宜  李  静
副主编  范菁菁  姜毅超
编  者  (按姓氏拼音序)
        范菁菁  郭  晶  姜毅超  李  静  李  杨
        李 • 杨  李  哲  刘  爽  刘雪梅  王丽英
        王瑞尧  张海会  张  宜

SHANGHAI JIAO TONG UNIVERSITY PRESS



言 Preface

一、编写目的

《新发展大学英语听力教程》(全新修订版)(以下简称“全新修订版”)全套教程(1—4 册)以《大
学英语课程教学要求》所提出的教学原则、教学内容和教学方法为编写依据,较好体现并贯彻了“一般要
求”、“较高要求”和“更高要求”三个层次的教学目标和“分类指导”的原则。尤其是在“一般要求”、
“较高要求”的指导下,着力体现出让不同地区、不同群体、不同层次乃至不同时期的学习者各取所需、
为我所用地选用学习资源。
“全新修订版”充分研究了当下国内外各教育层次的英语教材的编写原则与特点,也充分考虑了全国大
学英语四六级考试题型的新变化,既吸纳了国内教材注重思想性、人文性、科学性以及注重打好语言基础等
优点,又注入了国外社区教育、大众教育、终身教育的实用、应用型教学特点;更侧重培养英语应用能力,
特别是实际使用英语进行涉外交际的能力。本教程有着夯实、成熟的使用土壤,经过 2009 年初版和 2013 年
修订版,已在全国高校中普及使用。现适时改编,可以通过语音实验室、多媒体语音室、学校广播电台或发
射台等硬件平台展开全方位立体式的教学,充分满足各类别院校分级分类使用和学生个性化的需求。

二、读者对象

“全新修订版”可作为大学在校低年级学生提高英语听说能力的辅助教材或者补充教材使用,可主要
作为第二课堂听力材料和广播电台听力材料。本套教程也适用于具有初级英语听说水平、希望进一步提高
英语听说能力的学习者,包括大专院校的非英语专业(含艺术、体育类)大学生、涉外人员、拟出国留学
人员和英语爱好者。

三、修订版内容编排与使用说明

“全新修订版”共分为四册,每册十个单元,涵盖校园生活、交友等贴近学生生活的不同主题。本次
修订更换了原教材中过时的语言材料,进一步完善和细化了单元内部框架。“全新修订版”每个单元由热
身活动、听力任务(删除原来的短对话,补充英语短新闻,增加了长对话)、词汇与句子、听力技巧(部
分修改)、英语新闻训练、听歌(或看电影)学英语六大模块组成。
• Pre-listening Activities 包含两个学习任务。在任务一中,学习者阅读与主题相关的短文,初步了解
单元主题。任务二为听力任务,学习者将听到一篇与主题相关的短文,完成相应的听力练习。

1
• Listening Tasks 模块包含三个听力任务,即 Understanding News Reports(短新闻理解)、Understanding
Long Conversations(长对话理解)、Understanding Passages(短文理解)。其中,Understanding Passages 包
括 listening for general comprehension(泛听)和 listening for specific information(精听)。泛听部分在第一册、
第二册有相应的技巧指导。
• Words and Sentences 列举了单元主题相关的听力常用词汇和句子。学习者应当尽量熟练掌握这部分内容。
• Listening Skills 的设计独具匠心。大学英语四级考试听力部分的考查有一定的规律可循,编者将这些
规律和技巧归纳总结出来,让学习者掌握这部分试题的出题方式和答题技巧,有效提高理解能力。第一册注
重英语语音辨识能力的培养和训练,帮助学习者了解重要语音,辨别易混淆的语音。鉴于 2016 年大学英语四
级听力改革新增了新闻听力的内容,第二册侧重短新闻的技巧讲解和训练。第三册着重介绍听力篇章的理解
技巧讲解和训练。短文听力理解的难度远远大于长对话部分,学习者应付起来更显吃力。编者详细地介绍了
短文的理解技巧并总结了历年篇章理解部分的十大主题,便于学习者理解考试中常见的主题结构。掌握了这
些技巧和篇章结构,学习者对于短文的理解所存在的问题便可以迎刃而解。第四册重点介绍长对话的技巧。
近年来四级机考院校在全国范围内逐渐增加,因此编者在第四册中为学习者提供了新四级机考信息,便于学
习者掌握机考的最新动态和要求。第四册还有关于大学英语四级口语考试的相关介绍。
• Learn English Through a Radio Program 选取 VOA 或其他英文节目原文录音,增加学习者接触真实语
境的机会。第一册、第二册、第三册为慢速英语听力,第四册为常速。
• Learn English Through Songs/Movies,编者选取经典英文歌曲或电影原声片段,学习者可以边听边增
强英语语感。

四、主要特点

“全新修订版”在保持了 2009 版和 2013 版特色的同时,还体现出以下特点:


1. 选材兼具时代气息和趣味性,吸收了大量反映当代社会生活、科技文化等领域的新发展和新潮流的题材。
2. 录音是标准的美音,音质清晰。
3. 练习形式紧扣新改版的大学英语四级考试听力部分的题型和特点,让学习者掌握出题方式及特点。
4. 每个单元都配有原声歌曲或电影录音,让学生在提高听力能力的同时了解国外文化。
5.“全新修订版”充分考虑到不同年级和水平学生的实际能力、兴趣爱好及时代气息,对文章的选材、长度、
难度进行了精心的策划,保证了教材的科学性和实效性。
6.“全新修订版”精心设计了听力技巧,并通过大量的练习帮助学习者有效掌握和熟练运用这些技巧。
7.“全新修订版”的编写者均为大学英语教学的一线骨干教师,对实际教学过程中学习者的困难十分了解。

本书同时配有 MP3 光盘。由外国语言专家按照四级统考规定语速录制,语音纯正、清晰。


由于编者水平所限,疏漏和不当之处在所难免,敬请专家和广大读者批评指正。
在教材的编写过程中,英语新闻训练和听歌(或看影视作品)学英语部分涉及到使用原声的广播节目、影
视作品和歌曲音频,因选材广泛,未能一一联系到原著作方,如涉及到相关版权问题,请直接与出版社联系。

编  者
2016 年 4 月

2
Contents
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus S1
Part 1 S2 
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S2/T1

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S3/T2

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S4/T3

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S6


Tasks Passage One S6/T5

Passage Two S7/T6

Passage Three S8/T7

III Words and Words S9

Sentences Useful Expressions S9

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S10

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S12

VI Song Learn English Through Songs S13

Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends S15


I Pre‑listening Part 1 S16
Activities Part 2 S16/T9

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S17/T10


Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S18/T12

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S20


Tasks Passage One S20/T13

Passage Two S21/T14

Passage Three S22/T15

III Words and Words S23

Sentences Useful Expressions S23

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S24

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S26

VI TV Series Learn English Through TV Series S27

1
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle S29
Part 1 S30
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S30/T17

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S31/T18

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S32/T19

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S34


Tasks Passage One S34/T21

Passage Two S35/T22

Passage Three S36/T23

III Words and Words S37

Sentences Useful Expressions S37

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S38

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S40

VI Song Learn English Through Songs S41

Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet S43

I Pre‑listening Part 1 S44

Activities Part 2 S44/T25

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S45/T26

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S46/T27

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S48


Tasks S48/T29
Passage One
Passage Two S49/T30

Passage Three S50/T31

III Words and Words S51

Sentences Useful Expressions S51

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S52

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S54

VI Movie Learn English Through Movies S55

2
Unit 5 Benefits of Music S57
Part 1 S58
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S58/T33

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S59/T34

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S60/T35

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S62


Tasks Passage One S62/T37

Passage Two S63/T38

Passage Three S64/T39

III Words and Words S65

Sentences Useful Expressions S65

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S66

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S68

VI Song Learn English Through Songs S69

Unit 6 Food and Our Health S71


Part 1 S72
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S72/T41

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S73/T42

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S74/T43

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S76


Tasks
Passage One S76/T45

Passage Two S77/T46

Passage Three S78/T47

III Words and Words S79

Sentences Useful Expressions S79

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S80

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S82

VI Movie Learn English Through Movies S83

3
Unit 7 Being Famous S85
Part 1 S86
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S86/T49

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S87/T50

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S88/T51

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S90


Tasks Passage One S90/T53

Passage Two S91/T54

Passage Three S92/T55

III Words and Words S93

Sentences Useful Expressions S93

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S94

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S96

VI Song Learn English Through Songs S97

Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry S99

I Pre‑listening Part 1 S100

Activities Part 2 S100/T57

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S101/T58

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S102/T59

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S104


Tasks S104/T61
Passage One
Passage Two S105/T62

Passage Three S106/T63

III Words and Words S107

Sentences Useful Expressions S107

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S108

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S110

VI Movie Learn English Through Movies S112

4
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style S115
Part 1 S116
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S116/T65

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S117/T66

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S118/T67

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S120


Tasks Passage One S120/T69

Passage Two S121/T70

Passage Three S122/S123/T71

III Words and Words S124

Sentences Useful Expressions S124

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S125

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S127

VI Song Learn English Through Songs S128

Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays S129


Part 1 S130
I Pre‑listening
Activities Part 2 S130/T72

Task 1 Understanding News Reports S131/T73

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations S132/T74

II Listening Task 3 Understanding Passages S134


Tasks
Passage One S134/T76

Passage Two S135/T77

Passage Three S136/T78

III Words and Words S137

Sentences Useful Expressions S137

IV Listening Skills Listening Skills for News Report S138

V Radio Program Learn English Through a Radio Program S140

VI Movie Learn English Through Movies S141

5
Unit 1
l o r fu l Li fe o
Co n Cam
pus
Teacher’s Book

Ⅰ Campus Life Can Also Be Rich


Pre‑listening College is a time for leaving the comfort and security of home and embarking on the
Activities: journey to adulthood. Therefore, campus life in college can be very colorful and some
college students who choose on-campus living can enjoy a lot of benefits.

Part 1
Many universities
and colleges require
Most universities offer a variety of extra curricular activities such as sports events,
students to live on
campus at least contests, and other social gatherings, enabling students to experience relief from study and

during their freshman homework. Students living on campus often form lifelong friendships through the varied
year. Below are some experiences of college life. During the time a student spends at university, he not only
advantages of living develops his intellectual abilities, but also develops social skills as well as knowledge and
on campus. wisdom necessary for choosing a future career.
Living on campus allows one to meet and interact with a wide variety of people.
People from all over the world will attend a quality college and university so you will be
exposed to new cultures and learn so much from them. As well, you will make long lasting
friends and have support during times when you may feel homesick. Living on campus
helps ease any anxieties associated with the transition from home to college. Not only does
living on campus give you easy and quick access to classes, but you will also be able to
interact with people living in your dorm and take part in the social gatherings and parties.

Part 2
Now you’re going to
listen to a passage
According to the speaker, it is quite evident that living on campus makes easy access
demonstrating other
advantages of living to a part-time job (an on-campus job) and makes it more likely that students will participate in

on campus. Listen clubs and other organizations.

carefully and try to


fill in the blanks while
listening.

S2
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Now you’re going to listen to a passage demonstrating other advantages of living on campus. Listen
carefully and try to fill in the blanks while listening.
If you are attending college on a tight budget, you will most likely want a part-time job to ease your
daily living expenses. Living on campus makes access to an on-campus job much easier as you will be
only minutes away from your job. You don’t have to worry about driving to a job and days when there is
bad weather. You will make that extra bit of cash while meeting and interacting new people.
Living on campus will give you the ability to take part in many clubs and organizations. This can
include organizations that focus on education, cultural diversity, gender issues, recreational activities,
spiritual activities, political clubs, sports activities, and much more. As well, the convenience of living
on campus makes it more likely that you will participate in clubs and other organizations. Most colleges
also have various college sports teams that one can try out for. Campus life is a unique experience that
one should take full advantage of before they actually get out in the work world where they will have their
whole lives to be fully independent.

T E
NO

T1
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
An estimated 80 percent of American adults think music lessons improve children’s ability to learn
or their performance in school. They say that the satisfaction for learning to play a new song helps a child
express creativity.
Researchers at Harvard University, however, have found that there’s one thing musical training does
not do. They say it does not make children more intelligent.
Samuel Mehr is a graduate student at Harvard’s School of Education. He said it is wrong to think that
learning to play a musical instrument improves a child’s intellectual development.
He says the evidence comes from studies that measured the mental ability of two groups of 4-year-olds
and their parents. One group attended music class, and the other went to a class that places importance on
the visual arts — arts that can be seen. The result is that they found no evidence for any advantage on any
of these tests for the kids participating in these music classes.
Questions:
1. What have the researchers at Harvard University found?
2. Who participated in the studies conducted by Samuel Mehr?

News Item Two


American colleges face what some people are calling a “perfect storm” of problems: college costs
are rising, and there are not enough jobs for all those completing study programs. Yet employers say they
cannot find enough workers with technical skills.
One solution may be found in the growing number and quality of online classes, such classes might
revolutionize colleges the way the Internet has already changed music, publishing, sales, and other
businesses.
“This is pretty amazing.” That is David Evans of the University of Virginia. He is teaching a Computer
Science class on the Internet.
Many top universities now offer online classes; they teach everything from computer programming
to the science of cooking. Many classes are at little or no cost, they are restructured more often than
traditional college programs.
Questions:
1. Which of the following is not mentioned as the problems American colleges face?
2. What do we learn about online classes from the news report?

T2
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd e rs tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or
three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After
you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

visual a. 视觉的,视力的(I1) Kano 卡诺(尼日利亚北部城市)


revolutionize v. 彻底改变(I2) illiterate a. 不会读写的,文盲的
Nigeria 尼日利亚(I3) council n. 市政服务机构,委员会

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. Learning music makes children more intelligent.
on the following B. Learning arts makes children more intelligent.
news item. C. Musical training does not make children more intelligent.
D. Art training does not make children more intelligent.

2. A. 80 American adults.
B. Several graduates from Harvard University.
C. Students from Harvard’s School of Education.
D. Two groups of 4-year-old children and their parents.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. College costs are rising.
on the following B. It’s hard for students to complete study programs.
news item. C. There are not enough jobs for all those graduates.
D. Employers cannot find enough technical workers.

2. A. Online classes cannot solve the problems American colleges face.


B. Many online classes are costly.

S3
Teacher’s Book

C. The structure of online classes is unchangeable.


D. Online classes cover nearly all subjects.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. A survey about Nigeria’s current situation of education.
on the following B. Measures taken to improve adult literacy level in Nigeria.
news item. C. The joint efforts of two educational organizations to launch literacy classes.
D. The prospect of Nigerians in Kano state.

2. A. 10 million. B. 25 million.
C. 35 million. D. 20 million.

3. A. More than 8,074 adult literacy classes have been launched.


B. About 44 local government councils provide adult literacy classes in Nigeria.
C. About 403,700 people have enrolled in the literacy classes.
D. There will probably be 90 percent adult literacy level in Nigeria by 2015.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

deposit n. 押金(C1) prospectus n. 学校的入学介绍


priority n. 优先权 foundation course 预科课程,基础课程
utility n.(水、电、煤气等)费用 counselor n. 顾问
freshman orientation 新生训练营(C2)

S4
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

News Item Three


Nigeria has one of the world’s highest rates of people who cannot read or write, but a government
agency is taking steps to help more than 400,000 Nigerians in Kano state become literate.
Minister of State for Education, Nyesom Wike reported on the situation last September. The minister
said the number of illiterate Nigerian adults has increased by 10 million over the past 20 years, the current
total is 35 million; the nation also has more than 10 million children who are not in school.
To improve that situation, Kano’s educational agency has joined with Education for All (EFA), a
project of the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. Working together, they
have launched more than 8,074 adult literacy classes in 44 local government councils. The effort is
expected to reach about 403,700 people. Success would mean a 90 percent adult literacy level by 2015.
Questions:
1. What is the news report mainly about?
2. How many illiterate adults were there in Nigeria 20 years ago?
3. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
M: You should have seen the line at the housing office. It took me an hour to make my dormitory deposit
for next year. Have you made yours yet?
W: No, I’m not sure I’m going to.   
M: There’s not much time left. The deadline’s May 1st. That is just two weeks from now. Are you short of cash?
W: No, I’m Okay.
M: You’d better hurry up if you want a dorm room next September. There aren’t enough rooms for every
one, and first year students have priority.
W: Well, I’ve been thinking about living off campus.
M: Have you got any idea of how much that would cost? There is the rent, utilities, and you’d probably
need a car.
W: I know it would be more expensive. I think I can handle it though. The dorm is just so noisy that I can’t
get anything done. Maybe my grades would be better if I had some peace and quiet in a place of my own.
M: You should study in the library the way I do. Think of the money you’d save.  
W: I’ve got to think it over some more. There’s still two weeks left in April.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What are the two speakers discussing about?
2. Where do the two speakers live now?

T3
Teacher’s Book

3. Why does the woman want to live off campus?


4. Where does the man usually study?
5. According to the woman, how much time does she still have to decide where to live?

Conversation Two
W: Guess what came in the mail today?
M: What?
W: My acceptance letter to Yale!
M: Wow! Congratulations! When do classes start?
W: Freshman orientation is the last week of August, but I want to go two weeks before that to get settled in.
M: You’re so lucky! Do you have to do many things before you leave?
W: Yes. I’ll be very busy! I have to get a visa, buy a plane ticket, and pack my things. But first, I want to
register for classes.
M: When can you do that?
W: Well, they sent me their prospectus, so I can start looking now. Do you want to help me decide which
classes to take?
M: Sure. What can you choose from?
W: Well, I have to take all the foundation courses, plus a few from my major.
M: What is your major?
W: I hope to major in English literature, but the admissions counselor told me that many people change
their major many times in their first year, so we will see.
M: What are the fundamental courses?
W: In order to graduate, every student must take a certain amount of classes in history, math, English,
philosophy, science and art.
M: Interesting. That’s very different from the Chinese education system.
W: Yes, it is. It is also very different from the British education system.
M: Really?
W: Oh, sure. In Britain, students don’t have to take the foundation courses.
M: Why not?
W: Maybe because they think they know everything already! Ha!
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. When will the woman go to Yale to get settled in?
2. What does the woman plan to do before she leaves?
3. Which of the following courses is NOT included in the foundation courses?
4. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the conversation?

T4
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the
1. A. When to move. B. Where to live the following year.
conversation you
C. How much time to spend at home. D. Whose house to visit.
have just heard.
2. A. Both of them live on campus.
B. Both of them live off campus.
C. The man lives on campus; the woman lives off campus.
D. The woman lives on campus; the man lives off campus.

3. A. The dorm is so noisy. B. The dorm is too crowded.


C. The dorm is too cold. D. She can’t afford to live on campus.

4. A. In the classroom. B. In the schoolyard.


C. In the dorm. D. In the library.

5. A. One week. B. Two weeks.


C. Three weeks. D. Four weeks.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. The first week of August. B. The second week of August.
conversation you
C. The third week of August. D. The last week of August.
have just heard.

2. A. Choose a major. B. Borrow textbooks.


C. Get a visa. D. Buy a train ticket.

3. A. Art. B. Philosophy.
C. History. D. Psychology.

4. A. The woman hopes to major in English literature.


B. In Britain, students are required to take the foundation courses.
C. Chinese and British education system have a lot in common.
D. British students know everything.

S5
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

retail  a. 零售的(P1) orientation n. 情况介绍,训练,培训


admission  n. 入场费;准许进入 elite n. 精英(P3)
resemble  v. 与……相似,像(P2) recommendation n. 推荐
facility  n. 设施,设备 overall a. 全部的,全面的
counseling n. 咨询服务 inflation  n. 通货膨胀
fount n. 来源

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and choose the best 1. Which could be the best title for this passage?
choice. A. Your student ID can save you money. B. Companies offer great discount for students.
C. College students are big spenders. D. Museums are free for students.

2. What’s the speaker’s attitude towards student discount when shopping?


A. Indifferent.     B. Disapproval.     C. Supportive.     D. Neutral.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5 are
based on the passage 1. A. Student ID. B. Student PC.
you have just heard. C. Teachers’ recommendation. D. Students’ internship.

2. A. Find what are on sale in the database. B. Find your ID in the database.
C. Find your name in the database. D. Find your school in the database.

S6
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general comprehension
Your student ID can be a very powerful tool when it comes to retail shopping. Think about all of the
things you have bought in college. Was one of them a computer? Have you gone to see a movie lately? All
of these things, and many more, become more affordable by simply presenting your student ID when you
get to the register.
Apple is a company bursting into the lives of college students everywhere through its numerous
electronic devices. When you go to buy a computer and some other items as well, Apple will take money
off the bill if you just tell them that you are a college student. They even make it so that you can shop with
your student discount right on their website; all you have to do is find your school in their database.
You can also try your local movie theater to see if they offer a student discount. Often, the bigger
chain cinemas will have a program to save you a couple dollars when you go see a movie. Museums will
typically cut you a break as well. You can often find reduced admission to museums, and you can also
check to see if your school has a membership with them, as this can allow you to even get in for free.
Being a college student doesn’t have to mean that you can’t afford to buy or do nice things. It simply
means that you need to shop smart. Always ask if there is a student rate available, the worst that can happen
is they say no.
Listening for specific information
1. What can be a powerful tool when it comes to retail shopping?
2. How can one enjoy the student discount when shopping on the Apple website?
3. According to the passage, on what kind of condition is a student admitted to museums free?
4. Which of the following places probably won’t offer a student discount according to the passage?
5. According to the passage, what does being a college student mean?

T5
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general comprehension
The campus of a large American university resembles a small city. With stores, restaurants, and banks,
most can meet your most immediate needs. Many campuses also offer numerous forms of entertainment,
including sporting events, live theater, movies, and concerts. Typically, the larger the institution, the more
activities it supports.
Universities also have a wide variety of support services available to their students, and to international
students in particular. Some provide assistance in finding housing and childcare facilities or in improving
your spoken or written English. They may have on-campus healthcare facilities and provide information on
current health issues and health insurance. You may also be able to get advice on tax issues and personal or
career counseling.
Figuring out where to go for specific needs can be confusing, especially at larger institutions — but it’s
worth it to pursue the information you need. Knowing who to go to for information is a great place to start
if you’re a bit lost. Departmental secretaries are often a fount of information, as are international student
advisers, graduate student government officers, and graduate school staff.
Most universities have an office for international students to provide orientation and information
about vital services, such as healthcare and health insurance. However, sometimes the best source of
information in graduate school is other students. Talking with other students may help you realize that
your struggles are also faced by many other graduate students. Your peers may have already dealt with and
found solutions to the adjustment concerns typical of graduate student life.
Listening for specific information
1. What kind of entertainment do many campuses offer?
2. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as services offered by universities?
3. According to the passage, how does one feel when figuring out where to go for specific needs?
4. Where can students obtain the best source of information in graduate school?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

T6
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

3. A. When the student shows his ID.


B. When their school has a membership with the museum.
C. When the student works there.
D. When their school donates some money to the museum.

4. A. Museums. B. Movie theaters. C. Cafeterias. D. Apple company.

5. A. You can’t afford to buy nice things. B. You can’t do whatever you want to do.
C. You should be independent. D. You should shop smart.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and Complete the 1. The campus of a large American university is quite similar to a small city.
following questions. 2. This passage is mainly about activities and services provided by universities.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Sporting events. B. Live theater.
passage you have C. Concerts. D. All of the above.
just heard.
2. A. Advice on tax issues. B. Training on childcare.
C. Information on current health issues. D. Information on career counseling.

3. A. Confused. B. Excited.
C. Interested. D. Exhausted.

4. A. Other students. B. Their teachers.


C. Departmental secretaries. D. Their parents.

5. A. The larger the institution, the more activities it supports.


B. Universities have various support services to international students only.
C. Departmental secretaries are also a good source of information.
D. Students may find solutions to their problem from their peers.

S7
Teacher’s Book

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and choose the best 1. According to the passage, America’s college admission process is ________.
choice. A. similar to China’s examination system
B. dependent only on students’ test scores
C. able to display a complete picture of the applicant’s character
D. the source of much worry among students of American elite universities

2. ________ is likely to remain one of the financial burdens that American families must bear.
A. Paying for college B. Seeking private donations
C. Donating to college D. Getting government aid

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Students’ family background. B. Students’ working experience.
passage you have C. Excellent grades from high school. D. A degree from an elite university.
just heard.
2. A. Test scores. B. An interview.
C. High school activities. D. Parents’ recommendation.

3. A. Describing their experiences.


B. Talking about their goals for the future.
C. Describing themselves.
D. All of the above.

4. A. It decreased a lot. B. It increased a lot.


C. It decreased a little. D. It increased a little.

5. A. To lower the high tuition rates.


B. To help students get good jobs.
C. To give scholarships to the qualified but poor students.

D. To help students from wealthy families get scholarships.

S8
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

Passage Three
Listening for general comprehension
In recent years, a degree from an elite university has become more important for getting a good job,
and as a result competition for entering these universities has become more intense in America.
America’s college admission process is very different from China’s examination system. Rather
than relying only on test scores to determine college admission, most American colleges consider several
factors in making the decision. In addition to test scores, these factors include grades from high school,
high school activities, letters of recommendation from teachers and an interview. Students are also often
asked to write essays that describe themselves, their experiences and their goals for the future. American
colleges feel that this system gives them an overall picture of the applicant’s character. This system can be
complicated and it is the source of much worry among American high school students and their parents.
Another factor worrying students and their parents is the rising cost of sending their children to
college. The cost of college education has risen higher than that of inflation for over twenty years. In
addition, the government aid for college tuition has decreased severely in recent years. The elite private
universities are the most expensive, and many families are worried that they will not be able to afford an
education that will help their children get a good job in the future. Such universities often seek private
donations so that they can give scholarships to students who are qualified but cannot afford the high tuition
rates. The number of private scholarship available has increased in recent years, but paying for college is
likely to remain one of the financial burdens that American families must bear.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, what has become more important for getting a good job?
2. Which of the following is NOT the factor that determines college admission in American colleges?
3. What should be included in the essays that students are asked to write?
4. What happened to the government aid for college tuition in recent years?
5. Why do some universities seek private donations sometimes?

T7
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T8
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

Ⅲ curriculum 课程(复数:curricula)shuttle bus 短距离往返班车


extracurricular 业余的,课外的 lecture theater 阶梯教室
Words and residence hall 学生宿舍 home stay/family stay 住家住宿
Sentences apartment 公寓 full ride 全额奖学金
pet-friendly building 允许养宠物的公寓 register 注册,登记
The following are
gym 体育馆,健身房 overseas students 留学生
some words and
dining hall 食堂 straight-A student 门门功课优秀的学生
sentences related
summer camp 夏令营 bookworm 书呆子
to the topic of this
spring break 春假 skip school 逃课
unit. Recite those teaching assistant attendance
助教 出勤率
words and you instructor (大学)讲师 commencement 毕业典礼
may need them associate professor 副教授 tutor 导师,辅导员
in future listening dean 院长,主任 final 期末考试
comprehension office hours (对外)办公时间 online course 网络课程
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. The International Cultural Festival is held every year.


2. Whether you want to serve or to lead, there’s a group or organization that needs you.
3. Residence life helps you socialize and create lifelong memories and friendships.
4. It would be fun to do a club together.
5. Excuse me! I am new to the campus. Do you know where the student cafeteria is?
6. I hope to live on the university campus. I have a letter here from my professor about
accommodation.
7. Are you planning on living on campus this year, or are you going to go for an apartment?
8. Housing is included in my scholarship, so I have to live on campus.
9. I like studying and hanging out with my floor-mates. We all go out to parties together.
10. Wow, it sounds like the people in your dorm are pretty close.
11. You know, my friend is having a party this Saturday night at his apartment. Do you want
to come?
12. Our newly expanded fitness center includes four basketball courts, six tennis courts and
two outdoor pools.
13. Well, this apartment is really a must-see. Will you come with me to look at it this weekend?
14. I hope a lot of people don’t crash the party. My house is only big enough for the people I
invited.
15. Well, some students take only three to four courses in their first semester. That way, they’ll
have extra time to get used to campus life.

S9
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 大学英语四级听力考试从 2016 年 6 月开始增加了 3 个短篇新闻,取代原来的短对
话部分。新闻英语听力对非英语专业的学生来说非常陌生,因为新闻英语具有相对特殊
的词汇、句式和结构。为了帮助学生应对这种变化,本书将用十个专题为学生介绍新闻
英语听力的特点、学习方法和解题策略。

专题一 英语新闻的题材
英语新闻的题材多种多样,了解不同题材考查的主要内容对于听前预测和抓住出题
点有着十分重要的作用。英语新闻在题材上主要分为政治关系、金融经济、环境灾难和
社会人文四类。
一、政治关系
政治关系题材在英语新闻听力中占据了很大比例。
1. 国家内政
国家内政类新闻主要报道各国政府的政策、选举活动和游行示威等重要事件。政府
政策主题的新闻涉及各国政府的决策和议案,例如:奥巴马颁布禁枪法令,中国全面放
开二孩政策等。此类新闻主要需要学生关注政府推出政策的内容、背景以及产生的影响。
选举活动主题的新闻具有一定的时效性,关注日常的新闻报道会很有帮助,例如美国四
年一次的总统竞选。主要考查的信息点包括选举进行的时间地点,参选的党派和候选人,
竞选活动的情况以及选举的结果。游行示威主题的新闻报道往往关注民众对工资待遇、
政府政策或者相关事件的不满和诉求,也有的游行是为了庆祝节日和文化。因此游行的
时间地点、原因、影响是学生需要关注的主要信息点。
2. 国际关系
国际关系类新闻主要报道国家间的外交互访和局部战争冲突。外交互访主要指各国
领导人间的访问,报道的内容可能涉及会谈、建交、贸易等主题。此类新闻主要考查互
访内容、活动安排以及访问的时间等信息。战争冲突主题的新闻主要包括武装冲突,恐
怖袭击和国家内战等话题。学生需要重点关注战争冲突的时间地点、伤亡情况、冲突原
因以及是否有组织宣称对事件负责。
二、金融经济
金融经济也是英语新闻听力重点考查的题材。
1. 经济形势
经济形势题材的新闻主要报道有关全球或某个国家的经济形势和金融发展,包括经
济现状、股票市场、金融论坛等话题。经济现状和股票市场主题的新闻主要考察经济发
展的动态、原因和影响;金融论坛主题的新闻需要学生重点关注论坛的时间地点、主题
和参会人员。

S 10
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

2. 企业发展
此类新闻主要关注知名跨国公司的一些重大决策和公司间合作等话题。关于重大
决策主题的新闻,主要需要学生关注公司的决策、原因、发展动向以及相关的数字金额;
公司合作主题的新闻主要考查公司的名称、合作的背景和未来的前景。
三、环境灾难
环境和灾难也是新闻听力中常见的题材类型。
1. 环境
环境类新闻主要报道环境污染、气候变化、野生动植物保护和疾病瘟疫等话题。
环境污染、气候变化和动植物保护等主题的新闻主要考察事件的严重性、危害、原因
和解决办法;疾病瘟疫主题的新闻,需要学生重点关注事件的原因、发展动态、公众
反应和控制措施。
2. 灾难
灾难类新闻可以分为天灾和人祸两类。常见的天灾类新闻包括地震、海啸、龙卷风、
洪水、干旱、泥石流、暴风雪等;人祸类新闻包括爆炸、交通事故、空难、海难、矿
区事故等。灾难类新闻中,学生需要重点关注灾难发生的时间、地点、伤亡和救援情
况以及民众和国际对灾难的反应。
四、社会人文
1. 教育
教育类新闻主要涉及教育现状、教育的发展变化和海外留学等话题。对于教育现状
主题的新闻,学生需要关注教育存在的问题和解决办法;对于有关教育发展变化的新闻,
变化的原因和影响则是考查的重点;有关海外留学的新闻,学生除了需要了解留学政
策及其变化,更要关注招生数量、学费金额等与数字有关的信息。
2. 科技
科技新闻的热门话题主要包括互联网、技术革新和进步、太空探索、能源开发等。
对于科技主题的新闻,学生需要重点关注科技进步和发现的内容、背景、意义和影响。
3. 体育
体育新闻主要报道体育比赛、知名球队的动向和体育丑闻。对于体育比赛,学生
需要着重留意比赛的比分、获胜方以及对比赛精彩瞬间的描述;对于知名球队的报道
可能涉及球员转会、更换教练等事件,学生需要关注球队的具体动向及其原因和背景;
体育丑闻的关键信息点包括丑闻事件、原因和调查结果等。
4. 社会生活
社会生活类新闻主要报道人们日常生活的方方面面,因此涉及的范围非常广泛。
常见的主题包括生活习惯、购物消费、交通出行、餐饮旅游、社会活动等。生活习惯
主题的新闻主要考查习惯改变的背景和原因;购物消费主题的新闻需要学生关注消费
的趋势和原因,也可能涉及一些有关金额的数字信息;交通出行主题的新闻关键的信
息点是交通方式的改变及其原因;餐饮旅游主题的新闻则主要考查某餐厅或景点的特
色和客人数量;社会活动主题的新闻需要重点关注活动的原因、背景和参加对象。

S 11
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Education Report.


This week in our Foreign Student Series, we discuss rules about (1) getting a job while
studying in the United States.
International students (2) are permitted to work for the college or university they attend or
for a business at the school. But the business must directly provide a service to students. You
could work at the bookstore, for example, but not for a construction company that is building
something on campus. Also, a foreign student cannot displace an American citizen in a job.
International students can work twenty hours a week while (3) attending classes; more
during school breaks. You can work until you complete your studies.
Foreign students normally cannot take a job that (4) has no connection to their school. But
the government may give permission if students are suddenly faced with a situation that is
(5) out of their control. Examples include large medical bills, the loss of financial aid or an
unexpected change in the financial condition of their source of support.
Students must also meet other conditions. They must have attended their American school
for at least one year. Government approval is given on a case-by-case basis. Students must re-
apply after a year if they want to continue an off-campus job.
Foreign students who will be attending (6) graduate school can apply for some jobs before
they come to the United States. A good example is a university job like a teaching or research
assistantship.
Some schools pay their assistants. Others provide free education (7) in return. Many do
both.
Graduate assistants might teach, give tests, grade work, assist professors with research
and hold (8) office hours. Many universities now provide language training to foreign teaching
assistants to help them improve their English. Some schools require foreign students to pass
(9) an English speaking test before they are permitted to teach.
International student offices at schools have to provide information on students each term
to the Department of Homeland Security. Students who violate the terms of their visa — for
example, by working off-campus (10) without permission — could be sent home.

S 12
Unit 1 Colorful Life on Campus

VI Learn English Through Songs


Song
Imagine Me Without You
The following is a As long as stars shine down from heaven
song titled “Imagine And the rivers run into the sea
Me Without You” by Till the end of time forever
Jaci Velasquez. Enjoy You are the only love I’ll need
it and complete the
lyrics. In my life you’re all that (1) matters
In my eyes the only truth I see
When my hopes and dreams have (2) shattered
You’re the one that’s there for me

When I found you I was blessed


And I will never leave you, I need you

Imagine me without you


I’d be lost and so (3) confused
I wouldn’t last a day, I’d be afraid
Without you there to see me through

Imagine me without you


Lord, you know it’s just impossible
Because of you, it’s all brand new
My life is now (4) worthwhile
I can’t imagine me without you

When you caught me I was falling


Your love lifted me back on my feet
It was like you heard me calling
And you (5) rush to set me free

S 13
Unit 2
v ice on Ma k
Ad ing Fr
iends
Teacher’s Book

Ⅰ International Friendship Day


Pre‑listening Friendship is one of the greatest relationships between people and to some extent we
Activities: may say that we can’t live without a friend.

Part 1
For this really special
relationship that
every person should Friendship is a type of interpersonal relationship that is found among humans and

cherish, we literally among animals with rich intelligence, such as the higher mammals and some birds.
have an International Individuals in a friendship relationship will generally welcome each other’s company and
F r i e n d s h i p D a y, often exhibit mutually helping behavior.
which is dedicated Friendship helps to bring peace and positivity to the globe, which is a great reason
to express our love to celebrate. International Friendship Day was traditionally celebrated on the first Sunday
for our best friends. of August each year. However, in 2011 the United Nations declared July 30 to be the new
There is more in the International Day of Friendship.
following passage. Friendship Day occurs only once a year — so make the most of it! Friends come in
many shapes, sizes and guises: school friends, work colleagues, siblings, partners, parents,
pets and neighbors. Pull out all the stops and let our friends know they are truly appreciated!
To recognize our friends and their contribution to our life, we could buy our friend a ticket
to the theatre so we can enjoy a great show together or grab a camera and take some photos
of us and our friends enjoying ourselves! Let’s celebrate!

Part 2
Do you need more
suggestions on
how to celebrate There are several ways to celebrate Friendship Day:
Friendship Day and • Write a nice card for your friend telling them how much you appreciate their friendship.
show your friends • Buy or make them a small present.
they are special? • For your best friends, plan a special day together.
Listen carefully
a nd try to fi l l in
the blanks while
listening.

S 16
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Do you need more suggestions on how to celebrate Friendship Day and show your friends they are
special? Listen carefully and try to fill in the blanks while listening.
How to celebrate Friendship Day and show your friends that they are truly special to you? Here are
some suggestions you could use.
Write a nice card for your friend telling them how much you appreciate their friendship. Spill out your
heart to them as though there is no tomorrow. Or you could send them a Happy Friendship Day greeting
online to brighten their day.
Also, you may buy or make them a small present — flowers, chocolates, friendship bands, a cake,
a dream catcher, friendship journal or anything that catches your imagination! Consider leaving the gift
anonymously for added intrigue! One of the greatest gifts you can make your friend is a mixed CD of all
the songs that define your friendship or ones that you just happen to mutually like!
For your best friends, plan a special day together. A picnic is always a fun idea, and great for all ages.
If you’re physically-inclined, try an activity such as bowling, golf, rollerblading, cricket or going to the
beach. Remember, there’s no just one way to celebrate this great relationship, anything that demonstrates
your love for them will do perfectly.

TE
NO

T9
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
President Barack Obama will visit Cuba on March 21 and 22, the White House announced Thursday.
It will be the first time in nearly 90 years that a U.S. president visits Havana, the capital of the island
nation.
Diplomatic relations between Cuba and the United States have improved in the past 14 months. The
countries have re-opened embassies, and commercial airlines will fly between the two countries soon. Plus,
the U.S. removed Cuba from its list of state sponsors of terrorism.
Obama and Cuban President Raul Castro have talked via telephone and have met in person twice.
Obama will meet with Castro during the March visit. He will also meet with Cuban activists who work for
social causes.
While normalizing relations, Obama said his administration promises to monitor Cuba’s communist
government on human rights issues. First Lady Michelle Obama will accompany the president on the Latin
American trip. The Obamas will travel to Argentina after Cuba.
Questions:
1. Which of the following is not a sign of improvement in the diplomatic relations between the U.S. and
Cuba?
2. What did the Obama administration promise to do according to the news?

T E
NO

T 10
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd ers tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Havana 哈瓦那(古巴首都)(I1) sustainability n. 可持续性


embassy n. 大使馆 evaporate v. 蒸发
Raul Castro 劳尔 • 卡斯特罗 evacuate v. 疏散,使撤离(I3)
communist a. 共产党的,共产主义的 UTC 协调世界时
Argentina 阿根廷(南美洲国家) skyscraper n. 摩天大楼
hydrated a. 含水的,与水结合的(I2) Burj Khalifa 哈利法塔(世界第一高楼)
planetary a. 行星的,与行星有关的 United Arab Emirates 阿拉伯联合酋长国
Boston Herald《波士顿先驱报》

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. The U.S. removed Cuba from its list of state sponsors of terrorism.
on the following B. Both countries have re-opened their embassies.
news item. C. Commercial airlines will fly between the two countries shortly.
D. First Lady Michelle Obama will travel to Argentina.

2. A. To prevent Cuban activists from working for social causes.


B. To talk with Cuban President about human rights issues.
C. To sponsor Cuban activists who work for social causes.
D. To monitor Cuba’s communist government on human rights issues.

S 17
Teacher’s Book

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. Because they found lines of minerals which would require water to be created.
on the following B. Because they found that life once existed on Mars.
news item. C. Because they found freely flowing liquid water under the surface.
D. Because they had found evidence of life on Mars.

2. A. There used to be more water on Mars than in Earth’s Arctic Ocean.


B. Mars used to be covered with water more than a hundred meters deep.
C. Nearly all the water on Mars has evaporated into space.
D. Evidence of water on Mars has never been found before.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. 14. B. 20. C. 30. D. 63.

on the following
2. A. They were heading back home.
news item.
B. They were celebrating New Year’s Eve.
C. They were watching fireworks.
D. They were racing to the skyscraper.

3. A. Because they were putting out the fire.


B. Because they were rehearsing the fireworks show.
C. Because they were on New Year’s duty.
D. Because they were putting down a riot.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing a Lo ng C o nve rs a tion

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

S 18
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

News Item Two


Scientists have found strong evidence of salt water on the planet Mars, the U.S. space agency NASA
announced Monday.
NASA has found lines of “hydrated” salt minerals on Mars. Scientists say these minerals would
require liquid water to be created. And where there’s liquid water, they say, there could be life.
Jim Green is the director of planetary science at NASA Headquarters. He said during a news
conference that “today, we are revolutionizing our understanding of this planet.”
Doug McCuistion is the former head of NASA’s Mars program. He told the Boston Herald that “if
they are announcing that they have found easily accessible, freely flowing liquid water under the surface...
that has massive implications both for the potential for life on that planet and sustainability of humans.”
NASA has found evidence of water on Mars in the past. In March, NASA said there was once more
water on Mars than in Earth’s Arctic Ocean. They say more than four billion years ago, Mars was covered
with water 137 meters deep. But nearly all of it has since evaporated into space.
Questions:
1. Why do scientists say they have found strong evidence of salt water on Mars?
2. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?

News Item Three


Authorities say everyone has been evacuated from a luxury hotel in Dubai that was still burning early
Friday.
The city’s police chief says all residents were out of the 63-story hotel, known as “The Address”.
The hotel had been packed with people celebrating New Year’s Eve when fire broke out at about 9:30
p.m., (about 1730 UTC). At least 14 people were injured.
The hotel stands across from the world’s tallest skyscraper, the Burj Khalifa. The Burj Khalifa is
more than 800 meters tall. It is the center of spectacular fireworks along the Dubai waterfront for New
Year’s. Fireworks went on as planned.
Flames quickly moved through more than 20 stories of the hotel. It could be seen for kilometers in all
directions.
Within 30 minutes, flames raced to the top of the hotel tower, and the sky was full of thick black
smoke. Burning pieces of the hotel fell to the ground from the tower.
Witnesses said tens of thousands of people were crowded into the downtown area near the blazing
hotel and the Burj Khalifa.
Authorities in the United Arab Emirates said earlier Thursday that thousands of security personnel
were on duty because of the New Year’s events.
Questions:
1. How many people were injured in the fire?
2. What were people doing when the fire broke out?
3. According to the authorities, why were thousands of security personnel on duty?

T 11
Teacher’s Book

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: Jack, I’m glad I ran into you. I’ve been trying to call you but you’re never home. Where have you been
hiding lately?
M: Actually I’ve been very busy recently. I’m getting ready to go to the States for Christmas and I have a
million things to do.
W: Since you are leaving, we should get together and have a party before you go. I can call some people…
maybe Friday night, okay?
M: Actually, I’m trying to avoid that sort of thing. I would like to see everyone before I go, but I really
don’t think I have time.
W: By the way, what do you plan to do when you go back?
M: Well, by the time I leave Hong Kong I’ll be broke, so I’ll probably have to look for some work when I
get home. I’ll also be hanging out with old friends. I may take a trip to New York.
W: Do you think you’ll come back to Guangzhou?
M: I plan to come back in February, unless someone offers me a great job. That is unlikely to happen, so I’ll
probably be back.
W: OK, I’m getting off this shop. Why don’t you give me a buzz on Thursday and we’ll have dinner
before you go.
M: Excellent. I’ll definitely do that. See you later.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Where has the man been recently?
2. What is the man busy with?
3. What does the man plan to do when he goes back?
4. When will the man plan to come back to Guangzhou?
5. Where does the woman probably make the phone call?

Conversation Two
W: Nice to meet you.
M: Good to meet you, too. What’s your major?
W: Oh, I’m supposed to be in pre-med, but I’ve been taking a lot of electives. I might change it. What’s
yours?
M: I’m just an aggie. We’ve got a ranch out west of Houston, and I’m thinking I might become a vet.
You’re pre-med? Then you’ve taken Chemistry One Twenty-one? It’s a required course for me, and I’m
not good in chemistry at all. Maybe I could borrow your notes?
W: Hah! “Bonehead Chemistry” — no, sorry. I still have to take that, too. Hey, maybe we could sign up
for the same sections.
M: Yeah, that’s a good idea!
W: When do you register?

T 12
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

a ry
Vocabul

run into 偶遇(C1) Houston 休斯顿(美国城市)


broke a. 身无分文的 vet n. 兽医
give sb. a buzz 给(某人)打电话 bonehead n. 傻瓜,笨蛋
pre-med n. 医学院预科学生(C2) prerequisite n. 前提条件,必要条件
aggie n. 农学专业学生 pack in 停止做
ranch n. 大牧场,大农场

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the
1. A. United States. B. Hong Kong.
conversation you
C. New York. D. Not mentioned.
have just heard.
2. A. Preparing for the final exam. B. Preparing to return to the States.
C. Preparing for a party. D. Preparing for a dinner.

3. A. Find a job in New York. B. Further his studies in New York.


C. Settle down in Hong Kong. D. Hang out with some friends.

4. A. In February. B. In January.
C. On Thursday. D. On Friday.

5. A. At a party. B. In a shop.
C. On the street. D. On the phone.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the 1. A. It is the only elective course available. B. He is interested in chemistry.
conversation you C. It is a required course for him. D. He is good at chemistry.
have just heard.

2. A. At ten a.m. Monday. B. At ten p.m. Monday.


C. At nine a.m. Monday. D. At nine p.m. Monday.

S 19
Teacher’s Book

3. A. Tuesdays and Thursdays. B. Monday and Wednesday afternoon.


C. Wednesday and Friday afternoon. D. Friday afternoon.

4. A. In the lecture hall. B. In the cafeteria.


C. At the admission office. D. In the library.

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

dump  v. 抛弃,甩掉(P1) simmer v. 平静下来(P3)


boundary  n. 界限,边界 confront v. 面对
reputable  a. 可信赖的;声誉好的(P2) brew  v. 酝酿
nickname  n. 绰号 dedicated a. 一心一意的
identity n. 身份 constantly ad. 总是,一直
enforcement  n. 执行,强制 unforgiving a. 不宽恕的

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and complete the 1. The passage offers suggestions on how to end/dissolve a friendship (or how to dump a friend).
following questions. 2. How many kinds of friends that should be dumped are mentioned in the passage?
Three.

S 20
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

M: Oh. Let me see. Wait a sec. Uh...ah, here it is: ten a.m. Monday.
W: Great! I register at nine. The Bonehead lectures are Tuesdays and Thursdays, and the labs are Monday-
Wednesday-Friday afternoons. I can register first and then let you know which sections I’ve got before
you register at ten. What times are good for you?
M: Oh gosh. Maybe, early lectures and a Friday lab? I think better in the morning, and that’s going to be a
tough course.
W: I know. That’s why I’m thinking about switching majors — the science prerequisites are really awful.
But I’ll give it one more semester before I pack it in. You sure you want a Friday lab? It’ll cut your
weekend short.
M: Yeah, but I’m gonna have a full load this semester, so I gotta take something Friday anyway. Might as
well be something I can cut.
W: OK then. So, should I meet you back here Monday about nine-thirty? I can give you my schedule then.
M: Uh, how about in the cafeteria? I’d like to get some coffee before I start — I’ll need the energy. And
it’s handier anyway.
W: Sure, that’s fine — let’s do that, then.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why does the man take Chemistry One Twenty-one?
2. When will the woman register according to the conversation?
3. What time does the man prefer to go to the labs?
4. Where will the woman meet the man to give him her schedule?

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
There are as many reasons for ending a friendship as there are for starting one. Think about how you
feel when you are around this person. Do they put you down? Do they annoy you? Assess clearly why you
no longer want this person in your life and be firm in your decision.
If you are dumping a friend because they are unreliable, the easiest solution is to gradually cut them
out of your life. If he or she never makes time for you then they probably won’t notice that you are not
making time for them either. People who don’t value your time do not value you; leave them out of your
life. If you have decided that you want to dump a friend because you don’t want to share their lifestyle, then
you need to make yourself very clear. You need to set clear boundaries. And if the person has committed

T 13
Teacher’s Book

some unforgivable mistakes, you also need to speak up. You need to clearly explain that whatever they did
was unacceptable and you cannot pretend that it did not happen. You need to tell them that this was not OK
and the friendships can no longer move on.
It might be tempting to give someone the silent treatment, but remember that everything that seems
self-evident to you is not always equally obvious to others. The other person might not even know that
they hurt your feelings! If someone’s behavior is really bothering you and they are more than a casual
acquaintance, you should carefully but surely speak up.
Listening for specific comprehension
1. What is the easiest solution when you want to dump a friend who is unreliable?
2. What does the speaker think of people who don’t value other people’s time?
3. What need you do if you are dumping a friend whose lifestyle you don’t want to share?
4. What does the speaker suggest you do if your friend’s behavior is really bothering you?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Many students want to find friends on the Internet as a way of practicing their language skills and
learning more about new cultures. Traditional pen pals were the primary source for such contacts, and
students could write each other letters. With the Internet, finding friends has become much easier, and such
relationship is called key pals.
However, care and consideration should be given when finding friends on the Internet. Below are
several tips you could use when looking for friends online. First, search the Internet for reputable services.
Look for reviews of such sites to learn more about other students’ experiences. Don’t join a service until
you have done your research. Second, check to see if you can use a nickname, rather than your real name,
to protect your identity. Third, never give personal information to anyone, including your home address,
phone number, and birthday. Fourth, stop contacting with others if you feel uncomfortable with the
topics of the conversation. Again, if you protect your identity, this will be easier to do. Tell your teachers,
parents, or even local law enforcement if problems arise. Last but not least, try to use the language you
are studying in the classroom in your communications with others. Ask appropriate questions that will also
help you learn about other cultures.
Listening for specific comprehension
1. According to the speaker, why do many students want to find friends on the Internet?
2. According to the speaker, how can students find reputable services?
3. What does the speaker advice students to do in order to protect their identity?
4. Who can students turn to if they are in trouble?
5. According to the speaker, which of the following statements is true?

T 14
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Cutting them out of your life. B. Introducing new friends to them.
passage you have C. Making time for them. D. Explaining how you feel.
just heard.
2. A. They won’t dump any friend. B. They won’t value other people.
C. They always bring trouble to people. D. They always believe in themselves.

3. A. You need to value their friendship. B. You need to pretend it’s OK.
C. You need to change your lifestyle. D. You need to set clear boundaries.

4. A. Wait for themselves to notice. B. Give them the silent treatment.


C. Speak up how you feel. D. Move on with your life.

5. A. There’re as many reasons for starting a friendship.


B. When you don’t want a person in your life, you should be firm in your decision.
C. Something that seems self-evident to us is always obvious to others.
D. Sometimes your friends might not know that they hurt your feelings.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
1. What is this passage mainly about?
and choose the best A. Tips on finding friends online. B. How to find a nice pen friend.
choice. C. Practicing English with pen pals. D. Learning new cultures on the Net.

2. How many pieces of tips are given in the passage concerning finding friends on the Internet?
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four. D. Five.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. To practice their language skills. B. To save money.
passage you have C. To find true love. D. To keep an eye on their opponents.
just heard.
2. A. To join the service of such sites. B. To ask for suggestions from their parents.
C. To avoid such sites. D. To browse reviews of such sites.

3. A. They should use their real name. B. They should use their nickname.
C. They should offer their home address. D. They should tell their key pals their birthday.

S 21
Teacher’s Book

4. A. Parents. B. Teachers.
C. Local law enforcement. D. All of the above.

5. A. Making traditional pen pals is the only way to learn another culture.
B. Students should be careful when finding friends on the Internet.
C. Keep contacting with the key pals if one feels uncomfortable with the conversation.
D. Students should use their native language when talking with friends on the Internet.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now Listen carefully
and choose the best 1. What is this passage mainly about?
choice. A. How to end a fight with a friend. B. How to apologize to a friend.
C. How to argue with a friend. D. Tips on making new friends.

2. How many tips are given in the passage?


A. One. B. Two. C. Three. D. Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to
5 are based on 1. A. Apologize immediately. B. Continue the argument.
the passage you C. Leave your friend for good. D. Let the fight calm down a little bit.
have just heard.
2. A. Your friend will calm down. B. It will be a bad memory for both.
C. It will be harder to settle the problem. D. It will be easier to settle the problem.

3. A. One should always be the first to apologize. B. One should never be the first to apologize.
C. A dedicated friend should never apologize. D. Apologizing first can show your courage.

4. A. Wait for your friend to talk to you. B. Understand your friend’s point of view.
C. Reconsider if your friend is a true friend. D. Show your courage and dedication.

5. A. Try to understand your friend.


B. Try to argue with your friend.
C. Try to persuade your friend into forgiving you.
D. Try to forget your friend and make new ones.

S 22
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

Passage Three
Listening for general comprehension
Sometimes we have a fight with a friend. You just seem to argue, and then stop talking to each other.
Time goes by and you realize that you miss the friendship, and wish you could talk to your friend again. If
so, the following tips may be helpful.
Tip one: It’s always better to let the argument simmer a little before confronting the person. If you
talk right after the fight, many things are said out of anger.
Tip two: Allowing bad feelings to brew for too long creates a situation that becomes more difficult to
make up. So after the fight calms down, make sure you talk to the person before it’s too late.
Tip three: It’s okay to be the first to give in and apologize. The other person probably wants to do it
too, but it shows your courage and that you are a dedicated friend. Yet, if you’re constantly in fights and
always making up first, then take time to reconsider if this person is really a friend.
Tip four: If the friends are unforgiving then try to look back and see what you could have done. Read
past emails, chats and something like that. This will help you understand their point of view.
Listening for specific comprehension
1. What should one do right after the fight with a friend according to the speaker?
2. What will be the result of waiting too long after the fight with a friend?
3. Which of the following is true when it comes to apologizing to a friend?
4. What is suggested if one is constantly in fights and always making up first?
5. If a friend is unforgiving, what should one do?

T E
NO

T 15
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 16
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

Ⅲ bosom friends 知己 false friend 不义的朋友


fellowship 友谊;交情 fair-weather friend 酒肉朋友
Words and familiarity 亲密 hang out with… 与…闲呆在一起
Sentences buddy (口语)密友,好友 keep in contact with… 与…保持联系
chum 密友;室友 be on good terms 关系好
The following are
crony 密友,好友 adversity 逆境
some words and
get through 度过;熬过 appreciation 欣赏;理解
sentences related
reliable 值得信赖的 sincere 真诚的,真挚的
to the topic of this key pal/e-pal 网友 sociable 善于社交的
unit. Recite those helpful 乐于助人的 trustworthy 值得信任的
words and you attachment 依恋;爱慕 mate 伙伴,同事
may need them bestie 闺蜜 easy-going 随和的
in future listening treasure 珍惜;重视 associate 同事,伙伴
comprehension a friend at court 有势力的朋友,靠山 partner 合作伙伴
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. You have a wonderful ability to know when to offer advice and when to sit in quiet support.
2. I can never forget the times you’ve covered my back.
3. I bumped into an old friend yesterday whom I have not seen for years.
4. My best friend is the one who brings out the best in me.
5. You should pal up with him.
6. I will be there for you.
7. I really do believe that everybody should have a friend like you.
8. I will be at your side, there’s no need to worry.
9. What’s up, buddy? You sound a little down in dumps.
10. My friend gave me his picture as a memento before going away.
11. My best friend kept her word in coming to visit me.
12. I know you are my best friend, rain or shine.
13. My friend and I have mutual enthusiasm for music.
14. Count on me through thick and thin.
15. I’m eager to be your friend as you snoot straight with me.

S 23
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills
专题二 新闻背景知识
新闻背景指新闻事件发生的历史背景、周围环境及与其他方面的联系等。背景知
识是理解新闻听力的重要基础。背景知识能有效地激活大脑中所存储的相关信息,加
快理解语篇的速度。同时,在听力的过程中,还可帮助学生预测新闻的大致内容,减
轻记忆负担。因此,在新闻听力中,掌握丰富的背景知识是非常必要的。学生在平时
要多关注时事新闻(英语、汉语新闻报道均可),积累新闻相关的背景知识。
可以通过下面的这段新闻了解学习新闻背景知识的重要性:
Islamic State (IS) militants have been defeated in northern Syria by rebel fighters and
forces loyal to President Bashar al-Assad, according to sources close to the fighting.
Military airplanes bombed IS targets to help ground forces in Syria defeat IS fighters.
The United States led air support in the area near Aleppo. Reports say Russian warplanes
killed 40 IS militants in eastern Syria.
In this picture taken Friday, April 1, 2016, soldiers look over damage at the historical
Bel Temple in the ancient city of Palmyra in the central city of Homs, Syria.
Forces loyal to Assad and supported by Russia recently took back the town of Palmyra
from militants in late March. Palmyra and neighboring Tadmur are important because they
are along IS supply lines that go from Iraq’s Anbar province to Homs province in Syria.
这篇新闻主要介绍了叙利亚武装部队在叙利亚总统巴沙尔 • 阿萨德领导下对伊斯
兰国极端组织进行了军事打击,并取得了胜利,收复了对于伊斯兰国激进组织来说很
重要的中部城市巴尔米拉,在打击的过程中还得到了俄罗斯和美国的空中援助。
看到这篇新闻,相信很多学生都在为不熟悉文章中各个国家的关系而感到挠头,
中东局势的混乱,叙利亚身为世界的“心脏”有着“不可推卸”的责任,因为没有叙
利亚,就没有中东和平。就叙利亚与俄罗斯和美国的关系,在学习时应着重注意以下
几点:
1. 叙俄关系
由于叙利亚等中东国家的战争会对俄罗斯的安全形势产生很大威胁,由此,俄罗
斯在叙利亚战争这个问题上,一直都是十分积极的态度,那就是支持叙利亚总统和叙
利亚政府,坚决打击伊斯兰国极端组织的各种活动,帮助叙利亚政府收复失地,还叙
利亚和平。
2. 叙美关系
相比俄罗斯,美国的态度就十分“暧昧”。在伊斯兰国极端组织还是“襁褓中的婴儿”
时,不去消灭它,甚至采取放任的态度,叙利亚总统巴沙尔 • 阿萨德上台后又一直要
将其赶下台。2015 年,伊斯兰国极端组织节节败退,美国的态度由此也发生了 180 度

S 24
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

大转弯,美国战机开始轰炸叙利亚境内的伊斯兰国武装分子。
由此可见,短短的一篇新闻听力却蕴含着极其深刻的历史背景,丰富的历史背景
知识能够在考试中帮助学生快速与考题建立关联联想,做到事半功倍。在学习新闻背
景知识时,应注意以下几点:
1. 了解各国历史及热门历史事件
练习新闻听力,只求听懂这一小块文字是不够的,因为很多新闻都和各国历史有
着很密切的关系。但通读各国历史似乎并不现实,最简单的方法就是在做题的过程中,
把文中涉及的一些历史事件、国家关系、发展趋势进行一个大致的了解,这样,在应
对高频新闻听力,比如巴以冲突、恐怖袭击、东欧局势、宗教矛盾等问题的时候就会
得心应手。
2. 看报纸,听新闻
看报纸,听新闻,是学习者掌握国际、国内形势的重要途径。尤其是一些“陈年”
历史问题,了解其最新动态是保证新闻听力达到更高准确性的首要前提。知识储备不
断得到更新,才能跟上风云变幻的国际形势。
3. 善于归类总结
新闻听力需要多听多练,但是总结归纳会让学习事半功倍。将听过的新闻归类,
比如体育类、艺术类、教育类、政治类、娱乐类等等,其中涉及的背景资料纷繁复杂,
最好的学习方式就是分类整理这些资料,比如手抄、剪报、文档归类是管理和学习这
些资料的最好方法。
4. 掌握相应词汇和习惯表达方式
新闻听力的特殊性,还表现在词汇方面。地名、人名、专有名词、专业术语是学
生最头疼的部分,要想掌握这部分内容,恐怕是要下一番功夫。对于一些高频词汇,
归纳总结 + 记忆 + 熟练 + 实战是必不可少的环节,只要多加练习,进步一定神速。
5. 先听英语新闻,再看汉语新闻
很多学习者总怕自己对英语新闻的理解有误,如果想解决这个问题,学习者可以
准备好与英语新闻一一对应的汉语新闻。在充分理解英语新闻的基础上,用汉语新闻
检验。
总之,练习新闻听力并不像练习其他听力项目那么简单,但只要深入其中,会觉
得十分生动有趣。

S 25
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Agriculture Report.


Companion planting is the idea that some kinds of plants can help each other grow.
Plants that are compatible together generally have (1) similar needs in terms of nutrients, soil
and moisture levels.
Advice about which plants are compatible is sometimes based more on tradition than
proof. But experts say there is evidence to support certain combinations. These can improve
harvests, (2) reduce disease and help with pest control by attracting helpful insects.
For example, some kinds of soil bacteria take nitrogen from the air and make it into
a form that plants can use. The plants hold the nitrogen (3) in their roots. Legumes are
especially good at this nitrogen-fixing. Then any crops that share the same space as the
legumes can get the nitrogen as the roots decompose.
Beans and potatoes can also share territory well because their roots reach different
levels in the soil. Deep-rooted vegetables get nutrients and moisture from lower down in the
soil, so they do not compete with plants with shallower roots.
But some plants placed together may (4) harm each other’s development. For example,
tomatoes do not like wet soil but watercress does, so you would probably want to keep them
separated.
Some kinds of produce should be kept apart even after (5) being harvested. This is
because of ethylene gas. Ethylene is a plant hormone that can cause some foods to ripen too
quickly. Apples release ethylene gas. Apricots, melons and tomatoes also release a lot of
ethylene. Some vegetable are (6) easily affected by ethylene, including asparagus, broccoli,
cabbage and cucumbers.
This risk of ripening too soon is why markets often separate high ethylene-producing
foods from those that are (7) sensitive to the gas.
But if you put an apple in a bag with a green banana, the ethylene from the apple will
make the banana ready to eat sooner.
What about peaches, plums and nectarines that are (8) too firm to eat? These kinds
of fruit do not need any help from an apple — they release enough ethylene to ripen
themselves. But that does not mean there is no way to (9) get the job done faster.
Growers suggest placing the fruit in a fruit bowl or in a paper bag with the top folded
over. Keep the fruit at room temperature, (10) out of direct sunlight. Once the fruit is soft enough
to your liking, either use it or put it in the refrigerator to keep it from getting too ripe. Yuck.
And that’s the VOA Special English Agriculture Report, written by Jerilyn Watson. I’m
Jim Tedder.

S 26
Unit 2 Advice on Making Friends

VI Learn English Through TV Series


TV Series Rachel: This is really great. It’s 5:00. My plane is (1) pulling away from the gate.
Phoebe: Maybe you can take a later flight.
The following is a Rachel: There is no later flight.
scene from the famous Phoebe: May be You can go tomorrow.
American TV sitcom Rachel: Tomorrow is not Thanksgiving!
“Friends”. Enjoy it and Phoebe: I’m gonna (2) cheer you up, you have to meet me halfway.
complete the lines. Monica: Can you go any faster with that?
Joey: Hey, I got one (3) keyhole and about a zillion keys. You do the math.
Monica: Why do you guys have so many keys in there anyway?
Chandler: For an (4) emergency just like this.
Rachel: All right, listen, Smirky. If it wasn’t for you and your stupid balloon, I would be
on a plane watching a woman do this right now. But I’m not.
Monica: I (5) swear you said you had the keys.
Rachel: No, I didn’t. I wouldn’t say I had the keys unless I had the keys, and I (6) obviously
didn’t have the keys.
Phoebe: Ooh, OK, that’s it. Enough with the keys. No one say keys.
Monica: Why would I have the keys?
Rachel: Aside from the fact that you said you had them?
Monica: But I didn’t.
Rachel: Well, you should have.
Monica: Why?
Rachel: Because!
Monica: Why?
Rachel: Because!
Monica: Why? Because everything is my (7) responsibility? Isn’t it enough that I’m making
Thanksgiving dinner for everyone? You know, everyone wants a different kind of
potatoes, so I’m making different kinds of potatoes. Does anybody care what kind
of potatoes I want? Nooooo, no, no! Just as long as Phoebe gets her peas and
onions, and Mario gets his tots, and it’s my first Thanksgiving, and it’s all burned,
and, and I... I...
Chandler: Ok, Monica, only dogs can hear you now, so, look, the door’s open. Here we go.
Joey: All right. Chandler, don’t lose this.
Chandler: No.

S 27
Teacher’s Book

Monica: Well, the turkey’s burned. Potatoes are ruined, potatoes are ruined, potatoes are
ruined.
Ross: Here we come, walking down the — this doesn’t smell like Mom’s.
Monica: No, it doesn’t, does it? But you wanted lumps, Ross? Well, here you go, buddy,
you got one.
Ross: Don’t (8) yell at me. You burned dinner!
Phoebe: Hey, don’t make her squeak again!
Rachel: Oh, god, this is great! The plane is gone, so it looks like I’m (9) stuck here
with you guys.
Joey: Hey, we all had better plans. This was nobody’s first (10) choice.
Monica: Oh, really? So why was I busting my ass to make this delicious Thanksgiving
dinner?
Joey: You call that delicious?
Monica: Stop it, stop it, stop it!
Chandler: Now this feels like Thanksgiving.

S 28
Unit 3
r fu l and Hea
olo lthy
C Lifes tyle
Teacher’s Book

Ⅰ The Night Life of Americans


Pre‑listening People from different countries have different cultural traditions in enjoying their night
Activities: life. For the easterners, the night life of Americans would be of great curiosity.

Part 1
Read the following
part and learn how
Americans make their American bars are dark and decorous and vary in theme. Bars are called pubs in UK.

night life colorful. Social drinking is usually done in bars in the U.S. There are many different types of bars:
sports, piano, singles, music, hotel lounge, business, gay and many others. Most bars will
provide both full bar services as well as dining services, as is the law in certain states.
American bars range in themes, from billiard and sports bars to bars offering cultural
experiences, such as Irish pubs and Mexican cantinas (酒吧). Regardless of which bar you
choose, you will almost always be given great service and provided with quality food and
drinks.
When you visit a bar, you are waited on at your table. You can either pay after each
round or “run a tab”, which you “pick up” when you leave. Americans usually buy their
own drinks when in groups.

Have you ever enjoyed


Part 2
your spare time in a
dance club? Listen to 1. blind date 2. hip hop 3. salsa
the following passage 4. pop 5. rock 6. Beijing opera
and find out the 7. cover charge 8. VIP entrance 9. reentry
elements that do NOT 10. adults 11. teenagers 12. college students
belong to American 13. criminals 14. jeans 15. pants
dance clubs. 16. dinner 17. T-shirts 18. slippers

S 30
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Have you ever enjoyed your spare time in a dance club? Listen to the following passage and find out
the elements that do NOT belong to American dance clubs.
There are many dance clubs in urban areas throughout the United States. Most dance clubs have
darkened dance floors and loud music. Music played there may vary between hip hop, salsa, pop, or rock.
Some dance clubs may have multiple floors and different types of music may be played in different areas.
Most dance clubs have a cover charge or entrance fee. There may be a VIP entrance available in order
to avoid the long lines. Some dance clubs may stamp your hand with invisible (visible with infrared light)
ink for reentry.
The atmosphere of some clubs may be more suitable for teenage and college crowds, while others
may be more suitable for adults. Some clubs also offer dinner and some form of entertainment.
Most dance clubs have a dress code, i.e., you must wear shoes, a shirt (no T-shirts), and pants (no
jeans) to be allowed inside.

T E
NO

T 17
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
Earlier this summer, a young woman in Baltimore, died as a result of taking part in a medical study.
The study was designed to learn how people with healthy lungs and people who have the breathing
problem, react to particles or substances. The medical researchers at Johns Hopkins University had a
number of healthy people breathe into their lungs a drug called hexamethonium. Twenty-four-year-old
Ellen Roche was one of the nine people who agreed to take part in the study. She died on June second
as a result of the drug. In July, the federal government criticized the university’s system that is supposed
to protect people involved in such studies. An investigation found that the researchers failed to consider
information about the possible harmful effects of the drug on the lungs. The people who took part in the
study were never told that the drug is not approved for human use, and they were not warned about possible
dangers.
Questions:
1. What is the news mainly about?
2. Why did the government criticize the university’s system?

News Item Two


It’s not unusual in the United States for a new mother to quit her job after giving birth to a child. Sam
is only 9 months old, and his mother, Lora, dreaded the thought of going back to work. “I got only six
weeks with him, and it is just not enough time. We needed someone to take care of him, but the cost of day
care in D.C. is high. I would not be bringing home enough money to cover day-care bills,” she said.
While the U.S. is nowhere close to a federal law that mandates paid maternity leave, some states like
New York, New Jersey, California and Rhode Island are addressing the issue.
“If you live in those four states, you would be covered and eligible to have paid leave, but if you live
in the rest of the USA, it really just depends on whether or not your employer voluntarily offers those
benefits, since we do not have any national programs to provide wage replacement,” said Sarah Jane Glynn
from the Center for American Progress.
Questions:
1. Why did Lora dread the thought of going back to work?
2. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the news?

T 18
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd ers tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Baltimore 巴尔的摩(美国马里兰州 mandate v. 批准,强制执行(I2)


城市)(I1) maternity leave 产假
Johns Hopkins University 约翰 • 霍普 eligible a.(在法律或道德上)合格的
金斯大学 Xinhua News Agency 新华社(I3)
hexamethonium n. 六甲铵(降血压药) legislature n. 立法机构

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. A woman died from the breathing problem.
on the following B. A woman died from serious air pollution.
news item. C. A woman died from the hard work in the study.
D. A woman died from the drug she took in a medical study.

2. A. People involved in medical studies should be protected.


B. Researchers failed to get valuable data from the research.
C. Such studies should be governed by the university.
D. The result from the research should be carefully examined.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. She doubted the qualifications of day care centers.
on the following B. She couldn’t find a good job after giving birth to her baby.
news item. C. She couldn’t earn enough money to pay for the day care.
D. She didn’t trust anyone who takes care of her child.

S 31
Teacher’s Book

2. A. The federal law mandates paid maternity leave in the United States.
B. Employers in some states would have paid maternity leave.
C. Most states in the U.S. have passed law to mandate paid maternity leave.
D. Employers in the U.S. voluntarily offer paid maternity leave.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. A political meeting was held in Beijing.
on the following B. The government in China plans to change its economic policy.
news item. C. An education policy about children was announced.
D. Chinese families will be allowed to have a second child.

2. A. To ease the labor shortage in the rural areas.


B. To balance population development.
C. To strengthen the country’s work force.
D. To stop a declining birth rate.

3. A. There will be 1.37 billion people in the job market at the end of 2014.
B. About 800 million people are unemployed in the job market.
C. The job market population will decrease by 2050.
D. The job market will offer more job opportunities in the future.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

blossom v. 发展(C1) jog v. 慢跑(C2)


feminist n. 女性主义者 pump up 给自己打气,自我鼓励

S 32
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

News Item Three


The government in China plans to end its one-child per family policy and instead let families have two
children. The plan was announced Thursday after high-level political meetings in Beijing. The official of
Xinhua News Agency says the country’s top legislature must approve the proposal before it becomes law.
A Chinese Communist Party statement gave a number of reasons for the change in policy. The statement
said the change is meant to balance population development. It said the move also attempts to stop a
declining birth rate and strengthen the country’s work force. China — the world’s most populous country —
launched the one-child policy in 1980. But the government permitted only a small number of couples to
have two children. For example, some rural families were given approval to have two children.
In 2013, the Chinese government gave couples a chance to have two children. Families could have two
if one parent was an only child. At the end of 2014, China had a population of 1.37 billion people. A total
of 800 million of them are employed. But that job market population is expected to drop by 2050. With the
two-child policy, an increase in births will ease the labor shortage, starting in 20 years.
Questions:
1. What is the news mainly about?
2. Which of the following is NOT the reason for the two-child per family policy?
3. What do we learn about the job market in China from the news report?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
M: Connie, do you have any plans to get married?
W: You know, Bill. I’m so busy with my job at the law firm that I never have much time left for a social life.
M: Well, we aren’t getting any younger. You have to make time for things like that.
W: But, for the time being, I’m focusing on my work. My career is really starting to blossom. I’m sure I’ll
meet someone when the time is right.
M: You know, it’s harder to have kids after a certain age. Also, most men are married by the time they’re in
their thirties.
W: I’m not sure I want to get married.
M: You’re not one of those feminists, are you? The kind that says “women belong in the office and not the
kitchen”?
W: I wouldn’t put it like that. But, I am a feminist in that I believe a woman has a right to choose what to
do with her life.
M: Sure, but everyone should get married sooner or later, don’t you think?

T 19
Teacher’s Book

W: Not necessarily. It isn’t for everyone.


M: It’s the normal thing to choose.
W: Speaking of choices, I’d like to change the subject.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Does the woman want to get married? Why?
2. How is the woman’s work going?
3. Which of the following statements will the man most probably object to?
4. What is the woman’s attitude towards the idea “women belong in the office and not the kitchen”?
5. What does the woman think of Bill’s advice?

Conversation Two
M: Now, Shona, you said that you jog.
W: Yeah, I do.
M: I’m a jogger too.
W: Oh, are you? Fantastic. How often do you do it?
M: Well, I actually try to go every day.
W: OK. How long for?
M: Between thirty minutes and an hour, depending on the day. And you?
W: It depends on the day as well. Today it was only like half an hour, but I try to get out for an hour, maybe
like four or five times a week. I used to be a lot fitter and I just realized today that I’m not as healthy as
I used to be, so I’m probably gonna pump it up a little bit and do a little bit more.
M: So you said you’re not fit. What happened? Did you stop running?
W: Yeah, I guess I’ve not been doing as much as I used to recently because I used to do more than just
jogging. I went to the gym as well. I did yoga. But when you just stick to one exercise alone, it tends to
make your fitness drop a little bit.
M: Right.
W: So I need to vary it a little more.
M: Well, actually, where do you run? Do you run on the river?
W: Yeah, I run down the river. Just along it, to the right-handed side. Just as far as, like fifteen or twenty
minutes, and then back.
M: Actually, there’s a really nice park near here that has a really nice running trail.
W: Oh, really.
M: I highly recommend it. Yeah. But you’re gonna take the train, and it’s four stops. You have to pay a
little money, but it’s worth it.
W: Wow. Cool. You’ll have to tell me where it is.
M: Sure. I can draw you a map.
W: OK, cool.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. How long does the man usually jog?
2. How often does the woman jog?
3. Where does the woman usually run?
4. How will the woman get to the park that the man recommends?

T 20
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the
1. A. Yes, because she is getting older.
conversation you
B. Yes, because she needs someone to take care of her.
have just heard.
C. No, because she is very busy with her work.
D. No, because she hasn’t met the right person.

2. A. Her career is developing. B. She doesn’t feel satisfied.


C. She has already been at her peak. D. She is going to quit the job.

3. A. Most men are married by the time they’re in their thirties.


B. It is difficult to have kids after a certain age.
C. Everybody should get married sooner or later.
D. Women belong in the office and not the kitchen.

4. A. Positive. B. Negative.
C. Neutral. D. Not mentioned.

5. A. She likes to accept it. B. She feels puzzled about it.


C. She feels a little bit unhappy. D. She is indifferent to it.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. Between half an hour to two hours. B. More than one hour.
conversation you
C. Less than thirty minutes. D. Between half an hour and an hour.
have just heard.
2. A. Every day. B. Four or five times a month.
C. Four or five times a week. D. Only on weekends.

3. A. Along the river. B. On the right side of the road.


C. In a nice park. D. In a gym.

4. A. By car. B. By train.
C. By walking. D. By jogging.

S 33
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

victim  n. 受害者 (P1) serving n. (供一人食用的)食物


protest  v. 反对,提出异议 BMI (Body Mass Index) 体质指数
nourishing  a. 有营养的 (P2) epidemiology n. 流行病学
texture  n. 质地,材质 illustrate v. 说明
soothing  a. 缓和的 prevalence n. 流行
jump-start  v. 起动 recreational a. 娱乐的
metabolism  n. 新陈代谢 reversible a. 可逆的
ward off 避开,挡开 cardiovascular a. 心血管的
snack attack 小吃的诱惑 diabetes n. 糖尿病
epidemiologist  n. 流行病学家(P3)

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and complete the 1. Fill in the blanks to complete the first sentence of the passage:
following questions. Michael is the kind of guy you love to hate.
2. Fill in the blanks to complete the last sentence of the passage:
I learned from Michael that every day we have a choice to live fully and our attitude is
everything.

S 34
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
Michael is the kind of guy you love to hate. He is always in a good mood and always has something
positive to say. Seeing this style really made me curious, so one day I went up to ask him, “I don’t get it.
You can’t be positive all the time. How do you do it?”
Michael replied: “Each morning I wake up and say to myself ‘Mike, you have two choices today. You
can choose to be in a good mood or you can choose to be in a bad mood.’ I choose to be in a good mood.
Each time something bad happens, I can choose to be a victim or choose to learn from it. I choose to learn
from it. Every time someone comes to me complaining, I can choose to accept their complaining or I can
point out the positive side of life. I choose the positive side of life.”
“Yeah, right. It isn’t that easy. ” I protested.
“Yes, it is,” Michael said. “Life is all about choices. When you cut away all the junk, every situation
is a choice. You choose how you react to situations. You choose how people will affect your mood. You
choose to be in a good mood or bad mood. The bottom line is: It’s your choice how you live life.” I
reflected on what Michael said. Finally, I 1earned from him that every day we have a choice to live fully
and our attitude is everything.
Listening for specific information
1. Which of the following descriptions about Michael is NOT true?
2. What is the speaker’s attitude towards Michael’s behavior?
3. When something bad happens, what will Michael do?
4. When someone complains to him, what will Michael do?
5. What is the bottom line of life?

T 21
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Healthy eating begins with learning how to “eat smart”. It’s not just what you eat, but how you eat.
Paying attention to what you eat and choosing foods that are both nourishing and enjoyable helps support
an overall healthy diet.
Take time to chew your food: Chew your food slowly. We tend to rush through our meals, forgetting to
actually taste the flavors and feel the textures of what is in our mouths.
Avoid stress while eating: Avoid eating while working, driving, arguing, or watching TV. Try taking
some deep breaths prior to beginning your meal, or light candles and play soothing music to create a
relaxing atmosphere.
Listen to your body: Ask yourself if you are really hungry, and stop eating when you feel full. Eating
just enough to satisfy your hunger will help you remain alert, relaxed and feeling your best.
Eat early, eat often: Starting your day with a healthy breakfast can jump-start your metabolism. Also,
eating small, healthy meals throughout the day, rather than the standard three large meals, can help keep
your metabolism going and ward off snack attacks.
Listening for specific information
1. How can people eat smart according to the speaker?
2. Which of the following eating habits is correct according to the passage?
3. Why should one stop eating when one feels full?
4. What is the advantage of eating breakfast?
5. Which of the following statements is true?

TE
NO

T 22
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. He is always happy. B. He is optimistic.
passage you have C. He is full of hatred. D. He is always positive.
just heard.
2. A. He disagrees with Michael.
B. He is curious about Michael’s style.
C. He is very puzzled about Michael’s behavior.
D. He is indifferent to Michael’s style.

3. A. He will choose to hide from the bad thing. B. He will choose to be in a bad mood.
C. He will choose to learn from the experience. D. He will choose to be a victim.

4. A. He will be influenced and feel down. B. He will complain too.


C. He will point out the positive side of life. D. He will try to avoid meeting such people.

5. A. You choose how you react to situations.


B. You choose how people will affect your mood.
C. You choose to be in a good mood or bad mood.
D. You choose how you live life.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. The passage is about how to eat smart.
2. How many suggestions are given in the passage?
Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Knowing what to eat. B. Knowing how to eat.
passage you have C. Choosing nourishing foods. D. All of the above.
just heard.
2. A. Arguing while eating. B. Listening rock music while eating.
C. Rushing through meals. D. Eating with relaxation.

S 35
Teacher’s Book

3. A. This can help you feel your best. B. It is polite to do so.


C. This can help you sleep well. D. This can protect your teeth.

4. A. It can release your stress. B. It can start your metabolism.


C. It can help you take in nutrition. D. It can help your digestion.

5. A. Eating smart can help you keep a healthy diet.


B. Taking deep breaths after the meal can help you eat more.
C. It is more efficient to eat while working.
D. Standard three large meals are healthier than small meals throughout the day.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and answer the 1. What did the study performed in 2005 find?
following questions. Most Americans do not do everything they can to lead a healthy lifestyle.
2. Is healthy lifestyle popular in the United States adult population?
No, not very popular.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Being a non-smoker. B. Doing exercise frequently.
passage you have
C. Eating more fruits and vegetables. D. Maintaining a BMI above 25.
just heard.
2. A. He is negative. B. He is indifferent.
C. The findings met his expectations. D. He is surprised.

3. A. 153,000. B. About 4,590.


C. 3% of all Americans. D. 30% of all Americans.

4. A. Less recreational time. B. Unemployment.


C. Less expense to treat illnesses. D. Bigger burden on the childcare system.

5. A. Changing the unhealthy lifestyle is possible and not at a great cost.


B. An unhealthy lifestyle will lower your risk for many diseases.
C. It is very easy to change the unhealthy lifestyle.
D. An unhealthy lifestyle has little to do with diseases.

S 36
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Passage Three
Listening for general information
A study performed in 2005 by an epidemiologist at Michigan State University found that most
Americans do not do everything they can to lead a healthy lifestyle. The study that was published in journal
Archives of Internal Medicine looked at four basic characteristics that are part of a healthy lifestyle:
First, being a non-smoker.
Second, exercising 30 minutes or more five days per week.
Third, eating five or more servings of fruits and vegetables every day.
Fourth, maintaining a healthy weight with a BMI under 25.
The researcher was quite surprised with his findings: of 153,000 adults, only three percent followed all
four steps for a healthy lifestyle. “I was really quite surprised at how low that number was,” said Mathew
Reeves, an assistant professor of epidemiology at Michigan State University. “These results illustrate the
extraordinary low prevalence of healthy lifestyles in the United States adult population.”
This is really a bad news, because an unhealthy lifestyle means more illnesses and more expense to
treat those illnesses. This means a bigger burden on an already challenged healthcare system. Poor health
also means more time lost at work, less quality recreational time, and even shorter lifespan. The good
news is that all of these lifestyle changes are reversible and not at a great cost. Remember that changing
your unhealthy lifestyle to a healthy one will lower your risk for cardiovascular diseases, diabetes, cancer,
and other diseases.
Listening for specific information
1. Which of the following is not the characteristic of a healthy lifestyle?
2. How does the researcher feel about the findings of the study?
3. How many adults in America followed all four steps for a healthy lifestyle?
4. According to the passage, what does leading an unhealthy lifestyle mean?
5. What is the good news suggested by the research?

T 23
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 24
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

Ⅲ eco-tourism 生态旅游 eco-friendly 不妨害生态环境的


staycation 宅假期 gardening 园艺
Words and funemployment 事业乐活 living circle 生活圈
Sentences zero-carbon 零碳 unstructured lifestyle 松散的生活方式
vigorous 有活力的 parasitic lifestyle 寄生式生活方式
The following are
energetic 精力充沛的 subsistence 勉强糊口的生活
some words and
refreshing 提神的 running shoes 跑鞋
sentences related
pedometer 计步器 chirrupy 快活的
to the topic of this
meditation 冥想 flexibility 灵活性
unit. Recite those
alleviate 减轻(压力) renewable resources 可再生资源
words and you depression 抑郁症 aerobic exercises 有氧运动
may need them obesity 肥胖症 regular activity level 日常活动量
in future listening metabolism 新陈代谢 jeopardize 危害
comprehension frustrated 沮丧的 poor dietary habit 不良饮食习惯
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. Mum is always as busy as a bee in the morning.


2. Include supplements to your daily routine.
3. This is great golfing/swimming/picnic weather.
4. Don’t bury your head in the sand.
5. It’s useful to schedule a routine checkup with your doctor.
6. He is used to eating out all the time.
7. What do you do for relaxation?
8. Make sure you are getting all your vegetables and fruits in during the day. It will be a great
pick me up!
9. If your job requires long hours of sitting, take frequent breaks, get up often and stretch.
10. It doesn’t make any sense to get up so early.
11. Do you always have a break at this time of the day?
12. My health and vitality are things that I don’t want to slip away from me as I age.
13. For some people, the camaraderie of others exercising or the availability of coaching can
really make the difference, but don’t jump in and sign up for a long-term plan.
14. She was always more content to be standing in the kitchen cooking than getting out of the
house and going for a brisk walk.
15. When I first attempted to shed some pounds, I set a target weight as a goal.

S 37
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题三 新闻报道的写作结构
新闻报道常见的写作结构包括时间顺序结构、并列结构和倒三角结构。
时间顺序结构(Chronological Form)就是按照新闻事件发生的时间先后顺序进行
报道,常用于报道体育赛事、文艺娱乐、犯罪经过等。收听这类新闻时,学生要关注
事件的整个过程,分清不同时间内的不同新闻事实,听的同时适当做些笔记帮助记忆。
并列结构(Parallel Form)是导语中写明主题,然后使用事实支撑这一主题,后续段落
中每个事实之间为并列关系,常见于时间跨度大或范围较广的综合新闻,还有经验性
或公报式的新闻报道。收听这一类新闻时,学生要关注不同段落事实对应的细节信息。
“倒三角”结构(Inverted Pyramid Form)是新闻报道中最常见的一种结构,常用
于突发性新闻的报道。现在,绝大多数的新闻报道都采用这一程式结构。所谓“倒三角”,
也称为“倒叙法”或“倒金字塔”结构,即按新闻事实重要性的程度由要点到细节逐
步扩展,安排全文。这一结构于 19 世纪中期产生于美国并迅速走向世界。典型的“倒
三角”结构是把最重要的新闻事实放在整个报道的开头(即导语“the news lead”),
然后叙述次要事实,最后叙述其他事实或支持核心的材料和证据,最后是补充性材料。
在这种结构中,导语部分是整个新闻报道的关键,也是听力理解的重点,告知听众最
关心、最重要的新闻事实。但是,使用“倒三角”结构的新闻报道一般采用“部分要
素导语”,即在新闻导语中只突出一二个新闻要素,即最吸引人的那部分内容。所谓“新
闻要素”指新闻中事件(what)、时间(when)、地点(where)、人物(who)以及
原因和方式(why 和 how)六要素。
下面我们来分析一则“倒三角”结构的 VOA 新闻报道,其题目为:“China, South
Korea to establish military hotline”。
South Korea and China have agreed to set up a military hotline—or emergency
communications system — between the two defense ministries.
South Korean and Chinese defense ministers reached the deal Wednesday at a meeting
in Seoul.
A South Korean spokesman said Thursday that the two sides would move quickly to
establish the hotline. He said Seoul expects to begin communications with Beijing about the
stabilization of the Korean peninsula and North Korean aggressive actions.
The hotline is expected to open as early as the first half of this year.
该则新闻的首句为新闻导语,译为“中、韩两国同意建立两国国防部之间的军事
电话热线,即紧急情况通信系统。”本句言简意赅地告知新闻听众和读者本条新闻报
道中最有价值的总体事实。第二句:“两国于星期三在韩国首都首尔达成此项共识。”
第三句:“韩国政府发言人于星期四表示两国会迅速采取行动建立连线系统。”第四句:

S 38
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

“他说首尔期待与北京就朝鲜半岛的稳定及朝鲜的挑衅行为进行交流。”很明显,第
二句交代了事件发生的时间,第三句和第四句是对第一句的补充和说明;第五句“连
线系统将于今年上半年开通。”是在前文基础上的细节扩展。
由此可见,在采用“倒三角”结构的新闻中,导语是对整个新闻报道的概括,一
般会用一两句话高度概括一篇新闻的最主要内容。学生听懂了导语,也就理解了一篇
新闻的最主要事实,主旨理解题一般会来自于这一部分。新闻中次要事实和后续的新
闻背景介绍往往对应一些细节题,因此学生也要抓住后续新闻内容。

S 39
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Health Report.


Old age may not sound exciting. But recent findings offer good news for older people
and for people worried about getting older.
Researchers found that people become happier and experience less worry after they
reach the age of fifty. In fact, they say by the age of eighty-five, people are happier with their
life than they were when they were eighteen years old.
The findings (1) came from a survey of more than three hundred forty thousand adults in
the United States. The Gallup Organization questioned them by telephone in two thousand
eight. At that time, the people were between the ages of eighteen and eighty-five.
The researchers asked questions about emotions like happiness, sadness and worry.
They also asked about (2) mental or emotional stress. Arthur Stone in the Department of
Psychiatry and Behavioral Science at Stony Brook University in New York led the study.
His team found that levels of stress were highest among adults between the ages of twenty-
two and twenty-five.
The findings showed that stress levels (3) dropped sharply after people reached their
fifties. Happiness was highest among (4) the youngest adults and those in their early seventies.
The people least likely to (5) report feeling negative emotions were those in their seventies and
eighties. The study also showed that men and women have similar emotional patterns as they
grow older. However, women at all ages reported more sadness, stress and worry than men.
The findings appeared in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences.
Researchers say they do not know why happiness increases as people get older. One theory
is that, as people grow older, they (6) grow more thankful for what they have and have better
control of their emotions. They also spend less time thinking about bad experiences.
Professor Stone says the emotional patterns could (7) be linked to changes in how people
see the world, or maybe even changes in (8) brain chemistry. The researchers also considered
possible influences like having young children, (9) being unemployed or being single. But they
found that influences like these did not affect the levels of happiness and (10) well-being
related to age.
And that’s the VOA Special English Health Report, written by Brianna Blake. Tell us
what you think about the relationship between happiness and age. You can post comments
on our website, voaspecialenglish.com, or on Facebook and Twitter at VOA Learning
English. I’m Barbara Klein.

S 40
Unit 3 Colorful and Healthy Lifestyle

VI Learn English Through Songs


Song
Life for Rent
The following is a
I haven’t ever really found that I call home
song titled “Life
I never stick around quite long enough to make it
for Rent” from
I (1) apologize that once again I’m not in love
Dido. Enjoy it and
But it’s not as if I mind that your heart ain’t (2) exactly breaking
complete the lyrics.
It’s just a thought, only a thought

But if my life is for rent and I don’t learn to buy


Well I deserve nothing more than I get
Cause nothing I have is truly mine

I’ve always thought that I would love to live by the sea


To travel the world alone and live more simply
I have no idea what’s happened to that dream
Cause there’s really nothing (3) left here to stop me
It’s just a thought, only a thought

While my heart is a (4) shield and I won’t let it down


While I am so afraid to fail so I won’t even try
Well how can I say I’m (5) alive

S 41
Unit 4
Li fe and t he In
u r tern
O et
Teacher’s Book

The Children Who Can Use a Mouse but Can’t Tie Shoelaces

Pre‑listening People of all ages use the Internet in their everyday life. In addition to the advantages
Activities: of it, the Internet indeed has some negative influences on children.

Part 1
Read the following
passage and learn
the bad influences More young children know how to operate a computer mouse than ride a bike as

of the Internet. technology tightens its grip on the nation’s youth, researchers warn. And, while seven out
of ten youngsters aged between two and five are comfortable playing on-line games, less
than two in ten could swim unaided. The figures show that the traditional milestones which
a child would expect to achieve are being replaced by digital ones. Parents are either too
busy or too lazy to help their offspring to learn practical and physical skills — from riding a
bike to tying their laces — often finding it simpler to sit them in front of a screen. Instead of
experiencing the real world, children are copying their parents by tapping away on phones
or keyboards — at the expense of their social and physical well-being.

Part 2
What are the findings
of the research on
those children? Listen 1. 73% A. can make a call on a mobile phone
carefully and try to 2. 1/5 B. know how to turn a computer on
match the figure 3. 1/4 C. can work a mouse
with the statement it 4. 23% D. navigate between websites with ease
represents. 5. 48% E. know how to use smartphones or even an iPad
F. know their own home address

S 44
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
What are the findings of the research on those children? Listen carefully and try to match the figure
with the statement it represents.
Child development expert Sue Palmer said that the figures showed we are “cooping children up
inside” more than ever. According to the study, 23 percent of children between two and five could make a
call on a mobile phone and a quarter can navigate between websites with ease. One in five knew their way
around smartphones or even an iPad. Two thirds knew how to turn a computer on and 73 percent said they
could work a mouse. When it came to real-life matters, however, the picture was very different. Just 48
percent knew their own home address and only a third were able to write their first and last names.
“By encouraging them to live a virtual screen-based existence, we are deadening their developmental
drive and dumbing them down.” she said, “They get used to the quick fix and the easy rewards of
communicating with technology and don’t learn how to invest the emotional effort that is necessary for real
relationships. What they need is real play with real people in order to develop properly.”

T E
NO

T 25
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
The flow of migrants and refugees to Western Europe has continued throughout the weekend. Austria
says it’s expecting 20,000 arrivals, most of them through Hungary and Croatia, but some of those from
Slovenia. The EU leaders remain divided who should bear the burden, as Jonny Dymond now reports. “The
journey of many migrants to Europe is still hard and dangerous, but some of the chaos of last week appears
to have faded as southeastern Europe allows migrants to move rapidly to the north and west, to Germany
and Sweden, the favorite destination of many. Late on Sunday, Poland Prime Minister announced that
the country would accept only a symbolic number of migrants. That kind of talk irritates Germany, the
richest and biggest European nation which has accepted many, but clearly feels that some burden sharing is
appropriate.”
Questions:
1. How many migrants and refugees will arrive in Austria?
2. Which countries are the favorite destination of those migrants and refugees?

News Item Two


One of the world’s biggest banks, HSBC, has announced the first details of a major cost-cutting
exercise. It’s to sell its businesses in Brazil and Turkey, reduce its asset base and shrink its investment
bank. Kamal Ahmed reports.
“Europe’s largest bank has announced that it wants to be significantly smaller. HSBC has revealed
that its UK operations will be hit hard as it battles to find over 3.2 billion pounds of cost-savings. Stuart
Gulliver, the bank’s chief executive, said that it was time to recognize the world had changed, and the
growth in Asia had to be the new focus. The bank is selling businesses in Turkey and Brazil, and will look
to reduce the value of its risky assets by 290 billion pounds. HSBC also said that it will make a decision on
whether it will retain its headquarters in London by the end of the year.”
Questions:
1. Which of the following is NOT a cost-cutting exercise of HSBC?
2. What will be the new focus for HSBC?

T 26
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 Und e rs tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Hungary 匈牙利 (I1) shrink v. 减少、缩小


Croatia 克罗地亚 retain v. 保留
Slovenia 斯洛文尼亚 headquarter n. 总部
irritate v. 激怒 UCLA 加州大学洛杉矶分校 (I3)
HSBC 汇丰银行(I2) humanities n. 人文学科
asset n. 资产、财产

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based on 1. A. 2,000. B. 20,000.
the following news C. 200,000. D. 2,000,000.
item.
2. A. Britain and France. B. Germany and Britain.
C. Sweden and France. D. Germany and Sweden.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based on 1. A. Selling its businesses in Brazil and Turkey.
the following news B. Reducing its asset base.
item. C. Shrinking its investment bank.
D. Canceling its headquarters.

2. A. The business in U.K. B. The business in London.


C. The business in Asia. D. The business in Africa.

S 45
Teacher’s Book

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to 3
will be based on the 1. A. Students learning Korean. B. Korean popular culture.
following news item. C. Korean pop music. D. Children of Korean immigrants.

2. A. The number of U.S. college students rose in the last few years.
B. People around the world like Korean TV series.
C. Children of Korean immigrants want to speak to their friends in Korean.
D. The economic power of South Korea is growing.

3. A. American culture is becoming more global.


B. American culture is becoming more Asian.
C. Asian culture is greatly influenced by America.
D. Asian culture is becoming more global.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tion s

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After
you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

give me a break 别来这一套(C1) dial-up n. 拨号网络


compatible a. 兼容的(C2) forum n. 论坛
wireless broadband 无线宽带网络

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
1. A. Working. B. Shopping.
are based on the
C. Chatting. D. Playing games.
conversation you
have just heard.

S 46
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

News Item Three


Korean language studies are quickly growing in popularity across the United States. The Modern
Language Association says the number of U.S. college students taking a Korean language class rose by
almost 45% over the last few years. The group notes that the increase comes at a time when the number of
college students taking foreign language classes has declined.
Many people around the world like the sound of K-pop, Korean popular music. Also, the children of
Korean immigrants want to speak to their parents and grandparents in Korean.
Professor Sung-Ock Sohn teaches Korean classes at UCLA. She says another reason people want
to learn the language is the growing economic power of South Korea. Professor David Schaberg, Dean
of Humanities at the University of California, says the popularity of Korean language training is also
affecting American culture. He says it shows that American culture is becoming more Asian, or at least
opening up to more Asian influences. Language researchers say the growing number of U.S. students taking
Korean language classes shows no sign of ending anytime soon. Their reasons: the popularity of K-pop and
the rising number of Korean-Americans seeking to re-connect with older family members.
Questions:
1. What is K-pop according to the news?
2. Why is Korean language learning becoming popular in the United States?
3. What does Professor Schaberg think of this phenomenon?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: The Internet is very popular at the moment.
M: It has been for many years now.
W: Our company couldn’t exist without the Internet. It just wouldn’t be possible.
M: Have you ever met anyone online?
W: No. I use computers all day at work. I’m not particularly keen on getting home and then using a
computer again.
M: But don’t you work from home?
W: When I do, I send the work back to the office over the net. But I don’t waste my time chatting.
M: I do. I can speak to people from around the world and the computer translates their text straight into English.
W: So rather than try and learn a new language, you rely on the computer to do all the work.
M: Give me a break, we can’t learn every language you know, and I can communicate with people I
would not normally be able to.

T 27
Teacher’s Book

W: When computer translation is reliable enough for business, then I’ll be interested. For me the Internet is
a business tool, not a toy.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What does the woman usually do on the Internet?
2. Why doesn’t the woman chat on the Internet?
3. Who does the man chat with on the Internet?
4. How does the man chat with foreigners?
5. For the woman, what’s the function of the Internet?

Conversation Two
W: Hi, Dave! What’s up?
M: Oh, not much. What have you been doing recently, Cathy?
W: I’ve been chatting online a lot with friends.
M: Where do you go to chat?
W: I usually use yahoo messenger. What about you?
M: I’ve never chatted online before.
W: What?! How is that possible? Why not?
M: Well, my computer is really old, so most software isn’t compatible with my computer.
W: Do you want to come over to mine? I can show you how to use it.
M: That would be great. How do you access the Internet?
W: I have wireless broadband. It’s so convenient. I love it.
M: My parents only have dial-up. They’re so behind the times.
W: Don’t worry, if you get a new laptop, you can bring it to mine and use my wireless connection.
M: How long does it take to download mp3 files?
W: Not very long at all. I usually download at least 30 a day.
M: Do you ever download any TV programs or movies?
W: Sure, I’d say that I download at least one program a day.
M: Do you think you could download some for me?
W: Sure, just let me know what you want.
M: Let me see... I’ve heard a lot about a show called Friends.
W: No problem. Did you know that there are many Friends forums online?
M: What’s a forum?
W: It’s a place you can go to online where you can chat to other people who have similar interests as you.
M: Do the Friends stars ever show up there?
W: Sometimes, people say they are the Friends stars, but you never know who you’re talking to. For all I
know, Jennifer Aniston is really just an old fat man.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why hasn’t the man ever chatted online?
2. How does the woman access the Internet?
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as online activities?
4. How do people with similar interests usually chat online?

T 28
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

2. A. Because she can’t speak any foreign language.


B. Because she is busy.
C. Because she thinks it’s a waste of time.
D. Because her husband doesn’t allow her to do that.

3. A. People in his city. B. People in his country.


C. People in another country. D. People around the world.

4. A. By learning a new language. B. By relying on the computer translation.


C. With the help of his friends. D. By drawing pictures.

5. A. The Internet is a translator for her.


B. The Internet is a toy for her.
C. The Internet is a business tool for her.
D. The Internet is one of her best friends to talk with.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. He doesn’t like it. B. He doesn’t know how to do it.
conversation you
C. His computer is too old. D. He has very few friends.
have just heard.

2. A. Through wireless broadband.


B. Through dial-up.
C. Through her mobile phone.
D. Through her friends’ wireless connection.

3. A. Downloading mp3. B. Downloading TV programs or movies.


C. Chatting with friends. D. Shopping on the Internet.

4. A. In forums. B. In chatting rooms.


C. Using Yahoo messenger. D. Using E-mails.

S 47
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

browse  v. 浏览,随意观看 (P1) accurate a. 正确的,精确的


reluctant  a. 勉强的,不情愿的 Flickr 一个提供图片服务的网站 (P3)
security  n. 安全 You Tube 一个上传和分享视频的网站
reliability  n. 可靠性 tag n. 标签
persona  n. 人物,角色 (P2) Wiki 维基百科(提供共同创作环境的网站)

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the high priority for a lot of people before Christmas?
following questions. Buying presents.
2. What is the attitude of 45% of Internet users towards the security of online shopping?
They still have security worries.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. They can only do their shopping in the shops.
passage you have B. They can do their shopping at home comfortably.
just heard. C. They can do their shopping sometimes in their office.
D. They can do their shopping on the way home.

S 48
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general comprehension
With only two weeks to go before Christmas, buying presents is a high priority for a lot of people.
However, this year not so many people are leaving their homes to browse around the shops. These days
lots of people can do their shopping in the comfort of their own home with the help of the Internet.
Online shopping is becoming more and more popular for a number of reasons. Prices are often lower
online. You don’t have to queue up in busy shops and you can buy almost any product imaginable with just
a few clicks of your mouse.
Computer trends are often male-dominated but this year women are expected to do more shopping on
the Internet than men. It seems women are now more attracted to the convenience of online shopping than
they used to be.
In the past a lot of people were reluctant to shop online. Many were worried about the security of
entering their card details on the Internet and the reliability of the Internet, but as shopping online has
become more widespread, these worries have begun to disappear. 45% of Internet users still do have
security worries but it hasn’t slowed down the ever-increasing numbers of online shoppers.
Listening for specific comprehension
1. According to the passage, where can people do their shopping with the help of the Internet?
2. Which of the following is NOT the reason for the popularity of online shopping?
3. According to the passage, which of the following statements is NOT true?
4. Why were a lot of people reluctant to shop online in the past?
5. What is the trend of online shopping?

T 29
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
More Americans are Googling themselves — and many are checking out their friends, co-workers and
romantic interests, too.
In a report on Sunday, the Pew Internet and American Life Project said 47 percent of U.S. adult
Internet users have looked for information about themselves through Google or another search engine.
About 60 percent of Internet users said they weren’t worried about the extent of information about
themselves online, despite increasing concern over how that data can be used.
Americans under 50 and those with more education and income were more likely to self-Google — in
some cases because their jobs demand a certain online persona. Meanwhile, Pew found that 53 percent of
adult Internet users admit to looking up information about someone else, celebrities excluded.
Often, it’s to find someone they’ve lost touch with. But looking up information about friends, relatives,
colleagues and neighbors also was common. Although men and women equally searched for online
information about themselves, women were slightly more likely to look up information about someone
they are dating.
Few Internet users say they Google themselves regularly — about three-quarters of self-searchers say
they have done so only once or twice. And most who have done so consider what they find accurate.
Listening for specific comprehension
1. When was the report released according to the passage?
2. What kind of people were more likely to Google themselves?
3. Why do some adult Internet users look up information about someone else?
4. How often did most self-searchers search themselves?
5. According to the passage, which of the following statements is true?

T 30
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

2. A. Prices are often low online.


B. You don’t have to queue up in the shops.
C. You can buy almost any product imaginable.
D. People have easy access to the Internet.

3. A. Computer trends are often male-dominated.


B. This year women are expected to do more shopping online than men.
C. Women are now more attracted to the convenience of online shopping.
D. The young seems do more shopping online than the old.

4. A. Because they didn’t know how to use the computer.


B. Because they didn’t want to pay for the cost of posting.
C. Because they were worried about the security on the Internet.
D. Because they didn’t know how to get access to the Internet.

5. A. It will disappear. B. It will be more popular.


C. It will be more dangerous. D. It will be more complicated.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a nd compl ete the 1. Many Americans are Googling their friends, co-workers and romantic interests, too.
following sentences. 2. Most Internet users say that what they find in Googling is accurate.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Monday. B. Sunday. C. Saturday. D. Not mentioned.
passage you have
just heard. 2. A. People with little education. B. People with little income.
C. People under 50. D. People over 50.

3. A. They want to find someone they’ve lost touch with.


B. They are curious about others’ private life.
C. They have nothing else to do.
D. They want to know how they are evaluated by others.

S 49
Teacher’s Book

4. A. Only once or twice. B. Once or twice a week.


C. Once or twice a month. D. Almost every day.

5. A. About 47% have looked for information about themselves only through Google.
B. About 60% said they were worried about the extent of information about themselves online.
C. About 53% admitted to looking up information about themselves.
D. Women were slightly more likely to look up information about someone they are dating.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully and
answer the following 1. In what ways has the Internet changed people’s life?
questions. Internet has changed the ways people communicate, work, shop and learn.
2. What is the passage mainly about?
It is mainly about how people share and work by using the latest Internet technology.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Share videos. B. Draw complicated paintings.
passage you have C. Post pictures. D. Watch movies for free.
just heard.
2. A. By using tables. B. By asking for help from the website.
C. By using tags or keywords. D. By using nicknames.

3. A. Anyone. B. People over 18.


C. Only website staff. D. Not mentioned.

4. A. People can leave a message on the web.


B. People can communicate in one common place.
C. People can send e-mails back and forth.
D. None of the above.

5. A. Wikis are useful for companies, schools and individuals.


B. Some people use wikis to plan their wedding.
C. Workers at different offices can discover whatever they need on wikis.
D. New Internet technology will enrich our online experience.

S 50
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Internet has changed the ways people communicate, work, shop and learn. The latest Internet
technology gives you even more ways to share and work with others.
On the Internet, you can publish your thoughts, experiences, pictures and videos. Post all your pictures
on Flickr and as many videos as you like on You Tube. These and many other sites provide an almost
unlimited amount of storage space.
Tags, or keywords, help keep blog posts, pictures and videos organized. Label your posts with tags
that describe what you have uploaded. When you need to find something later, simply type those words
into the search field.
New Internet tools help you work with others better. Wikis are websites that can be edited by multiple
people at the same time. For example, wikipedia is an online wiki encyclopedia that anybody can add to or
edit.
Wikis help people work together more efficiently on projects. Users communicate in one common
place rather than sending e-mails back and forth. Many companies, schools and individuals find wikis
useful. For example, coworkers at different offices can use one to work on a project together. Some people
even use wikis to plan their wedding!
New Internet technology lets you participate even more in your online experience. Start trying out
these new tools, and discover all the things you can do on the Internet!
Listening for specific information
1. What can people do on the website Flickr?
2. How can people keep their blog posts, pictures and videos organized?
3. Who can edit or add something to the website Wikis?
4. How does wikis help people work together more efficiently on projects?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 31
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 32
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

Ⅲ e-business 电子商务 Trojan Horse 木马病毒


server 服务器 blogger 写博客的人
Words and cyber word 网络用语 bug 漏洞
Sentences anti-virus 抗病毒软件 firewall 防火墙
The following are monitor shopping 只浏览不购物 mail list 邮件发送清单
domain name 域名 netiquette 网络礼节
some words and
microblog 微博 chatterboxing 看电视发微博
sentences related
dial-up connection 拨号连接 reply 回帖
to the topic of this
infected computers 被感染的计算机 preview 预览
unit. Recite those
board 论坛版块 stick 置顶
words and you
archive 文档服务器 refresh 刷新
may need them
hyperlink 超链接 moderator 版主
in future listening screen saver 屏幕保护 log on/in 登陆
comprehension desktop 桌面 log out 注销
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. The top cause of web rage is the frustration of slow-loading web pages.
2. The personal computer market has been developing fast.
3. How long will it take to have this iPhone fixed?
4. Stone can repair the most sophisticated computer but can’t mend a pair of socks.
5. Some universities offer completely wireless Internet access across their entire campus.
6. Do you have any idea about how to operate this computer?
7. Programming is beyond me.
8. Mark is a good programmer, but we don’t approve of his virus writing.
9. I think it’s time you upgraded your computer.
10. God, why is this game lagging so much?
11. Some websites require specific software to run.
12. Have you experienced online love affair?
13. Most games that come out these days allow multiplayer gaming.
14. I major in software engineering and my dream is to become a software engineer.
15. Jailbreak means to unlock the operating system of a mobile phone or other device.

S 51
Teacher’s Book

IV Listening Skills for News Reports


Listening Skills 专题四 英语新闻句式特点
英语新闻报道的语言与传统的英语对话、短文的语言结构有很多明显的不同。为了
使新闻内容明确易懂、客观简洁,其句式需要采用独特的新闻结构。通过这些新闻的惯
用结构、套话或行话,报道的内容将更为突出,使听众能够快速抓住新闻主题,了解事
件发生的前因后果。新闻报道的核心目的就是使新闻内容能够被快速理解,因此英语新
闻的句子多采用结构较为简单的句式,同时将最重要的内容放在前面,次要内容附在句
后,如被动句、扩展的简单句、主从复合句等。
1. 被动句式
被动句是英语新闻报道中使用频率非常高的句式。为了强调突出事件的结果,往往
需要采用被动句式将结果置于主语位置,其中多数情况并不特殊强调施动者。被动句式
特别适用于各类天灾人祸的报道,如爆炸、枪击、空难、洪水地震、交通事故等。
(1)被动语态作谓语
In Pakistan, 15 people were killed Wednesday in a suicide bombing near a medical clinic
claimed by IS-related Taliban.
About 14,000 people were rescued in calmer seas since Monday, Reuters news agency
reported.
(2)非谓语动词采用被动形式
为了对新闻中部分内容起到补充说明的作用,报道句式往往会采用非谓语动词作定
语的结构。如果对整句话补充说明,会采用非谓语动词作状语的结构。
An explosion caused by  fireworks killed more than 100 people at a temple in the
southern Indian state of Kerala early Sunday. (非谓语动词作定语)
He denied doing anything wrong by authorizing payments to Platini, calling the lack of a
contract an administrative error. (非谓语动词作状语)
2. 简单句式
(1)普通的简单句式
简单易懂是新闻语言的最基本要求,通过精炼、简短的句式来快速表达新闻事件的
主要内容是英语新闻报道句式的主要结构。
Turkish forces have killed 200 Islamic State militants in Syria and Iraq. (主谓宾结构简
短易懂,快速说明该事件导致 200 个伊斯兰国激进分子死亡)
The United States and North Korea have no diplomatic relations. (简单明了的表达美国
与朝鲜没有外交关系)
(2)扩展的简单句式
通常情况下,为了用一句话将事件的内容说明的更为完整清楚,需要在简单句的基

S 52
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

础上添加其他结构来形成扩展的简单句。这种句式结构将主要内容作为句子的主要成分,
次要内容用短语、名词短语、分词等结构作为补充。
Three women with Muslim backgrounds have won an important international human-
rights prize. (介词短语扩展简单句,补充说明三名女性的身份背景)
Dumezweni was endorsed by J.K. Rowling, the creator of the series. (名词短语补充
说明人物的身份)
The conference involved building a 1,900-kilometer oil pipeline begins on Nov. 30.(分
词短语补充说明会议的内容)
3. 复合句式
虽然简单句是新闻报道中使用最为广泛的句式,但是为了使更多的信息包含在一句
话中,新闻往往会采用主从复合句式,如定语从句、状语从句、名词性从句等,从而达
到补充说明事件次要内容的目的。
One parent who lost a child at the mass shooting in Sandy Hook, Connecticut in 2012,
thanked Obama for his acts against gun violence. (限制性定语从句补充说明人物的背景)
They used artillery and tanks in the attacks, which were carried out within the past two
days.(非限制性定语从句补充说明袭击持续的时间)
That policy states if the first-born is a girl, a second child is permitted. (条件状语从句
补充说明允许生二孩的条件)
Henry said his research, however, has found that people working in Islamic finance are
not driven by politics. (名词性从句中的宾语从句指出研究发现的内容)
通过对以上三种常用句式的分析,已经了解了新闻报道的语言结构特征。掌握了这
些句式特点,学生们就可以很快了解新闻内容,提高快速定位主要信息的能力。

S 53
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Technology Report.


Hate groups and terrorists are increasingly using the Internet to spread their beliefs. The
Simon Wiesenthal Center in California says the problem is getting worse.
The center has released its latest “Digital Terror and Hate” report. Rick Eaton is a researcher
with the group. He says the Internet offers a lot of information for would-be terrorists.
“Different explosives, manuals and lessons in remote detonation, cell phone detonators,
rockets.”
There is also guidance in kidnapping and guerrilla warfare.
“And many times these are spiced with (1) the political philosophy on not only how to do
it, but where you should do it and what targets you should attack.”
The Simon Wiesenthal Center is a Jewish (2) human rights organization. This is its
fourteenth year reporting on Internet terror and hate. The new report identified about fifteen
thousand websites considered problematic. They included news groups, social network pages,
YouTube videos and games said to incite hatred. Officials say there was only one such website
when the center first (3) launched the project in nineteen ninety-five.
Rick Eaton says al-Qaida was one of the first terrorist groups (4) to use digital technology.
He says the group’s online presence continues to grow.
Rabbi Abraham Cooper is associate dean of the Simon Wiesenthal Center. He says hate
websites increasingly target religious minorities.
“Whether it’s a hate crime in the United States or if you’re looking at the targeting of
Christians from Nigeria, the Coptic Christians in Egypt, what’s happened in Iraq, right through
to Afghanistan and Pakistan, you have the targeting of millions of people.”
Rabbi Cooper says we must all take part in (5) solving the problem of Internet terror and hate.
He says people need to recognize when websites cross the line from free speech to targeting groups
for (6) discrimination and violence. He also says religious and ethnic leaders must work together to
(7) condemn all forms of hatred.
“We all have our own priorities. We have to stand up for our own rights and our own
communities. But it’s very, very important to take a look and see what the bad guys are doing
because (8) as far as they’re concerned, they don’t like Jews, they don’t like Muslims, they don’t
like immigrants, they don’t like gays.”
He is especially concerned about websites that call for (9) individual acts of violence by
people without ties to terrorist organizations. He says such websites are even more worrying
because they are harder for law enforcement officials to identify.
The new “Digital Terror and Hate” report is the first to be offered to officials through an
online process that (10) provides up-to-date listings.
And that’s the VOA Special English Technology Report, written by June Simms.
Transcripts, MP3s and podcasts of our reports are at www.voanews.cn. I’m Steve Ember.

S 54
Unit 4 Our Life and the Internet

VI Learn English Through Movies


Movie
Father: Let’s go! You’re late for work.
Panda: Coming! Sorry, Dad.
The following is Father: Sorry doesn’t make the noodles. What were you doing up there? All that noise.
an episode from Panda: Oh, nothing. I just had a crazy dream.
the movie “Kung Father: About what? What were you dreaming about?
Fu Panda”. Enjoy Panda: What was I...? I was dreaming about…noodles.
it and complete Father: Noodles? You were really dreaming about noodles?
the lines. Panda: Yeah. What else would I be dreaming about?
Father: Careful! That soup is (1) sharp. Oh, happy day! My son finally having the noodle
dream! You don’t know how long I’ve been waiting for this (2) moment. This is a
sign, Po.
Panda: A sign of what?
Father: You are almost ready to be (3) entrusted with the secret ingredient of my Secret
Ingredient Soup. And then you will fulfill your (4) destiny and take over the
restaurant! Just as I took it over from my father, who took it over from his
father...who (5) won it from a friend in mahjong.
Panda: Dad, Dad, Dad! It was just a dream.
Father: No, it was the dream. We are noodle (6) folk. Broth runs through our veins.
Panda: But Dad, didn’t you ever want to do something else? Something (7) beside noodles?
Father: Actually, when l was young and crazy, I thought about running away and learning
how to make tofu.
Panda: Why didn’t you?
Father: Because it was a (8) stupid dream. Can you (9) imagine me making tofu? Ah…
Tofu. No! We all have our place in this world. Mine is here, and yours is...
Panda: I know, is here.
Father: No, it’s at tables 2, 5, 7 and 12. (10) Service with a smile.

S 55
Unit 5
ene fits of M
B us ic
Teacher’s Book

Music and health



Pre‑listening In addition to healthy food and exercise, music also has a positive impact on our health.
Activities: Do you know the benefits of music?

Part 1
Read the following
passage about
In an effort to stay fit and healthy, people nowadays are becoming more and more
music and health.
conscious of their food and diet. They are also doing more exercise to maintain their
health. The benefits of healthy food and exercise are well known. However, there is one
more fact that people are not aware of. It is the positive impact of music on health. Young
or old, music is an effective means of managing stress and hence can be an important and
effective tool to facilitate healthy existence. Music can play an important role throughout
our lives. Music is based on sound waves that lie between our voice and the meditative
brain wavelengths and as a result it can be a medium that can connect us with our higher
consciousness thereby relieving us of anxiety and tension.
Educationists have long known the benefits of music. The ability to play a musical
instrument and make music improves our analytical abilities. In the process of learning
music, the reading of musical notes and musical notations works towards stimulating the
processes linked with solving mathematical and analytical problems and do extremely well
in sciences.

What positive effects Part 2


does music have
on young people
and elderly people? Positive effects of music

Now, you will hear On young people On elderly people


a passage. After 1. To bring joy and hope 1. To reduce tension and anxiety
hearing the passage, 2. To reduce the feeling of isolation and solitude
try to complete the 3. To increase the production of human growth
following list with the hormone
missing information.

S 58
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
What positive effects does music have on young people and elderly people? Now, you will hear a
passage. After hearing the passage, try to complete the following list with the missing information.
The minds of young people are filled with eternal hope, which reflects in their musical creations. This
can be clearly seen while watching them learn to play musical instruments and when they are performing.
The combination of young minds and music brings joy and hope.
There have been a lot of studies conducted on the influence of music. In the elderly people, music
has been shown to not only reduce tension and anxiety but also helps reduce the feeling of isolation and
solitude. And a surprising revelation of this study was that the subjects enrolled for this study showed an
increased production of human growth hormone, which has a positive effect on the side effects of aging
like wrinkling, general aches and pains.
Health workers can draw an important inference from this study. It shows that group activity and
interaction with others is important for staying healthy and having a better standard of living. It proves the
long held belief that music is a means to link with our higher selves and thereby help us lead a healthy life
that can be enjoyed to the fullest.

T E
NO

T 33
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
The World Bank has warned that 100 million more people will be pushed into poverty by 2030 unless
action is taken to prevent global warming. It says global warming will ravage crops and fuel the spread of
malaria and other diseases. Laura Becca reports from Washington.
“The World Bank says that climate change is already having an effect on the poorest people who are
struggling to raise crops in extreme weather and low rainfall. They say the world’s poorer receive fewer
resources and are woefully unprepared to deal with further climate shocks such as rising seas or severe
drought. They’re calling for more to be done to help those in need and they want world leaders to act to
reduce carbon emissions. That report had been released just a few weeks before a UN climate summit in
Paris.”
Questions:
1. Which of the following statements about the impact of global warming is NOT true?
2. How are the world leaders supposed to help the poor according to the news?

News Item Two


Many parties and concerts at SXSW feature new music. This one honored Buddy Holly, the great
singer and songwriter who died in 1959. He was only twenty-two when he died in a plane crash while on
tour.
This event was organized by the Buddy Holy Foundation and its principal mover, Buddy Holly’s
widow, Maria Elena Holly. The foundation’s aim, among others, is to help aspiring artists survive success.
Maria Elena says Buddy Holly had lost the rights to some of his own songs because he was new at the
music business. She says the idea for the foundation came from Buddy himself.
Austin entertainment attorney Stephen Easley says the foundation tries to help aspiring musicians
learn the business. The Buddy Holly Foundation will give an award beginning next year. It will include ten
thousand dollars and free management services, and is named for Holly’s song, “Learning the Game”.
The Buddy Holly Foundation and Maria Elena Holly are encouraging musicians, young and old, to
make sure that Buddy Holly’s music does not “fade away”.
Questions:
1. What do we learn about the Buddy Holy Foundation from the news report?
2. What will be the award given by the Buddy Holly Foundation?

T 34
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd e rs tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

ravage v. 毁坏(I1) widow n. 遗孀


malaria n. 疟疾 Forbes《财富(福布斯)》杂志(I3)
woefully ad. 恶劣地,糟糕地 magnate n. 巨头,富豪
summit n. 峰会 Carlos Slim 卡洛斯 • 斯利姆(墨西哥电信巨头)
SXSW 西南偏南(音乐节)(I2) Warren Buffett 沃伦 • 巴菲特
Buddy Holly 巴迪 • 霍利(美国摇滚歌手)Li Ka-shing 李嘉诚
mover n. 推动者,提议者 churn n. 变化

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. It will damage crops.
on the following B. It will fuel the spread of some diseases.
news item. C. The poorest people are struggling to raise crops in extreme weather.
D. There is too much rainfall because of global warming.

2. A. By reducing carbon emissions.


B. By controlling the spread of certain diseases.
C. By learning to raise crops in extreme weather.
D. By providing easy access to the Internet.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. The Foundation holds concerts and parties every year.
on the following B. The Foundation helps aspiring artists survive success.
news item.

S 59
Teacher’s Book

C. The Foundation collects songs from artists.


D. The Foundation spots musical talents.

2. A. Free courses on how to do business.


B. Ten million dollars and free trip to Europe.
C. Ten thousand dollars and free management services.
D. Ten thousand pounds and free trip to the United States.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. 1226. B. 140.
on the following C. 16. D. 69.
news item.
2. A. Bill Gates. B. Warren Buffett.
C. Carlos Slim. D. Li Ka-shing.

3. A. No Indian billionaires are on the annual rich list this year.


B. There is only one Chinese billionaire in the top 10 this year.
C. There hasn’t been a lot of growth in the economy in the last year.
D. The number of billionaires in Russia went down.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

get off on the wrong foot 出师不利(C1) trainers n. 运动鞋(C2)


irritable a. 易怒的,性急的 flute n. 长笛

S 60
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

News Item Three


Forbes magazine says there are now a record of 1226 billionaires on its annual rich list, compared
with 140 when it was launched 25 years ago. The Mexican telecoms magnate Carlos Slim, who’s worth
an estimated $69 billion, tops the list for the third year in a row followed by the software magnate Bill
Gates and financier Warren Buffett. No Indian billionaires are in the top 10 this year, and the only Chinese
one is the Hong Kong property magnate Li Ka-shing. Steve Forbes explains why. “Well, what it tells us
is there’s a lot of churn. There hasn’t been a lot of growth in the economy in the last year. The number of
billionaires went up 16, but yet some regions go down: China went down a little bit; Russia went down
because of weak commodity prices. But the fact is there hasn’t been a lot of real vigorous growth in the
world, and that’s reflected on the list this year.”
Questions:
1. How many billionaires were on the list when Forbes magazine was launched 25 years ago?
2. Who came first on the list for three consecutive years?
3. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
M: How are your new neighbors, Jane?
W: They seem nice enough, but they have a son who’s driving me crazy.
M: What happened?
W: He comes home every night around 10, and immediately plays some Rock and Roll loudly after he
enters his house. But by then Brian and Lisa are wide awake.
M: Oh, no.
W: Oh, yes. Sometimes it takes us till mid-night just to get them settle down again.
M: Have you tried talking to them?
W: We haven’t even really met them yet except to say a quick hello. I hate to get off on the wrong foot.
M: You are not going to like them if you can not settle it as soon as possible.
W: I know, but I feel stupid complaining.
M: You said yourself it is driving you crazy.
W: Well, you know how early I have to get up to be here at the office. I’m just not getting enough sleep and
neither are the kids. They’re so irritable when I get home in the afternoon.
M: Maybe you could go over sometime with a little gift — a plant for the yard or something. Then you
could ask about their son whether they have any other children and they’ll be sure to ask about yours.
W: Yeah, and then what?

T 35
Teacher’s Book

M: Then you could mention that the hardest thing is getting your kids to get sleep at night.
W: And keeping them in the sleep.
M: That’s the idea. And you should do it soon. The longer you wait, the harder it’ll be to do politely.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What does the woman think of her new neighbors?
2. What bothers the woman according to the conversation?
3. Why is the woman reluctant to speak to her neighbors about the problem?
4. Which of the following statements is NOT true about the woman and her children?
5. What suggestion does the man offer?

Conversation Two
M: Is it difficult to be a top DJ? 22-year-old Jodie White thinks so. Jodie is a classical musician, but she
learned how to be a DJ for a TV reality show, and she did it in just four weeks. Jodie, tell us what
happened.
W: Well, I had a lot of help. Two experienced DJs helped me.
M: But what did you have to do?
W: First, I had to change my image. I was a bit unfashionable before, so I went shopping and bought new
jeans and trainers. I also changed my hair.
M: Yes, you look very different now.
W: But buying new clothes was easy. It was more difficult playing the records.
M: It doesn’t look difficult.
W: That’s what I thought, but it is. I had to learn about pop music, about different groups, and I had to find
songs that sounded good together. I was listening to hundreds of records every week.
M: Did you practice often?
W: Yes, I did. But I was disorganized and I made mistakes. The experienced DJs were very organized.
They had all their records ready. People didn’t like the music I played and I was unhappy about that.
M: But you didn’t stop.
W: No, I didn’t. I wanted to get it right. I was playing records eight hours a day — I wasn’t practicing my
flute at all!
M: Did it make a difference?
W: Yes it is. After four weeks, I was ready to be a real DJ.
M: How did you feel?
W: Well, I was feeling nervous when I arrived at the club. We started late and the people were impatient.
They looked unfriendly, but when I started playing my music, it was great. People were dancing and
enjoying themselves.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. How long does it take for the woman to become a DJ?
2. What did the woman do to change her image?
3. What did the woman do in order to learn how to play the records?
4. How long did the woman spend in practicing playing records?

T 36
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. She likes them very much.
conversation you B. They are talented, for they can play the guitar.
have just heard. C. They are so kind-hearted that they often give a hand to others.
D. They bring some troubles to her family, though they are nice.

2. A. The boy comes home very late at night. B. The boy plays the music loudly at night.
C. The boy quarrels with her children. D. The boy makes their wall dirty.

3. A. Because she is too busy to do so.


B. Because she hates arguing with others.
C. Because she thinks complaining is stupid.
D. Because she doesn’t want to make the boy angry.

4. A. She is often late for work.


B. She hasn’t even really met her new neighbors yet except for a greeting.
C. Her children are wide awake because of the loud music.
D. It’s hard to keep her children in the sleep at night.

5. A. He suggests the woman buy some gifts for the boy.


B. He suggests the woman move to a quieter place.
C. He suggests the woman talk about the problem with her neighbor directly.
D. He suggests the woman find an opportunity to talk with her neighbor politely.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. Two years. B. Four weeks.
conversation you
C. Two months. D. Eight hours.
have just heard.

2. A. She bought some new suits. B. She bought new jeans and trainers.
C. She had her hair cut short. D. She went back to school to study music.

3. A. She learned about classical music.


B. She learned about different groups of pop music.
C. She practiced the flute every day.
D. She learned how to write pop songs.

S 61
Teacher’s Book

4. A. Eight hours a week. B. Eighty hours a week.


C. Eighteen hours a day. D. Eight hours a day.

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is
read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish
the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen
intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer from the
four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

side-effect  n. 副作用(P1) sonata n. 奏鸣曲(P3)


respiratory a. 呼吸的 confirm v. 证实,肯定
dysfunction n. 机能障碍,机能不良 concerto n. 协奏曲
hustle and bustle 繁忙,熙熙攘攘(P2) receptive a. 易于接受的
counsel v. 商议,劝告 conducive a. 有益于……的,有助于……的
rev up (使)活跃起来;兴奋起来 cerebral a. 大脑皮层的
meditative a. 沉思的,默想的 cognitive a. 认知的,认识的
overwhelm v. 征服,压垮 genre n.(文艺作品的)风格,流派,类型
concentrate v. 专心于,注意 anecdotal a. 多逸事趣闻的,含逸事趣闻的

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and complete the 1. Researchers show that just 45minutes of relaxing music before bedtime can make for a restful
following sentences. night.
2. Participants in the music group reported a 35% improvement in their sleep.

S 62
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
Forget counting sheep, next time you are having trouble dropping off to sleep, try putting on a jazz
CD. Researchers have shown just 45 minutes of relaxing music before bedtime can make for a restful night.
The Taiwanese researchers studied the sleeping patterns of 60 elderly people with sleep problems.
They told the Journal of Advanced Nursing, how the technique was easy to learn and lacked the side-
effects of other treatments. The study participants were either given a choice of music to listen to before
going to sleep or nothing at all. The music group were able to choose from six tapes that featured soft, slow
music — around 60-80 beats per minute — such as jazz, folk or orchestral pieces.
Listening to music caused physical changes that aided restful sleep, including a lower heart and
respiratory rate, the researchers found. The people in the music group reported a 35% improvement in
their sleep, including better and longer night-time sleep and less dysfunction during the day.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, which of the following is the best when you have trouble getting to sleep?
2. How many people participated in the study?
3. What advantage did the technique have in treating sleep problems?
4. What kind of music did people in the music group listen to?
5. What would listening to music probably result in according to the researchers?

T 37
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Let’s face it — we all have some form of stress. Whether it’s due to work, school reports, family, or
relationships, we could all use a break now and then. Yet in the hustle and bustle of everyday’s life, a lot
of us can’t find the time to just drop everything and take it easy.
Well, what if someone told you that by just playing music from classical composers like Mozart,
Strauss, or Vivaldi, you might find your job a little easier and that it is beneficial to your learning and mind
relaxation. It can also reduce our levels of stress.
Various studies of children have shown that those who receive music education or play a musical
instrument often have increased academic skills. Don Campbell, author of The Mozart Effect, has dedicated
himself to studying the effects of music on the mind and body. He counsels students that classical music
playing in the background can help them concentrate for longer periods of time and memorize material
more easily. He feels that Mozart’s music has a balance that makes it especially beneficial. But Campbell
doesn’t stop with Mozart. He says that Bach can stimulate the mind, military marches can rev up the body,
and religious music can help create a meditative mood. It’s important to find what works best for your
situation.
So the next time you feel yourself overwhelmed with work and deadlines, or if you’re just finding it
difficult to concentrate, remember the power of music.
Listening for specific information
1. Why do people often suffer from stress according to the speaker?
2. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as the benefits of listening to classical music?
3. What does Don Campbell study?
4. What makes Mozart’s music especially beneficial?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true?

T 38
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Counting sheep. B. Listening to relaxing music.
passage you have C. Reading some poems. D. Doing exercise before bedtime.
just heard.
2. A. 16 elderly people. B. 16 young people.
C. 60 young people. D. 60 elderly people.

3. A. It had no side-effects. B. It had no cost.


C. It was difficult to learn. D. It needed a little training.

4. A. Soft but fast music. B. Rock music.


C. Punk music. D. Soft and slow music.

5. A. A little bit higher heart rate.


B. Psychological changes which was good for restful sleep.
C. Physical changes that aided restful sleep.
D. Less excitement during the day.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Listen to the passage
and try to write down 1. Bach’s music: stimulate the mind.
the impacts of different 2. Religious music: create a meditative mood.
types of music.
Listening for specific information
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Work. B. School reports.
passage you have C. Family. D. All of the above.
just heard.
2. A. It is beneficial to mind relaxation. B. It excites the body.
C. It can reduce levels of stress. D. It improves learning.

3. A. The factors that cause stress. B. How to reduce people’s levels of stress.
C. The effects of music on the mind and body. D. The factors that affect people’s memory.

4. A. It has a balance. B. It creates fantasy.


C. It creates excitement. D. It is overwhelmed.

S 63
Teacher’s Book

5. A. People’s stress may derive from all kinds of relationships.


B. Military marches work best no matter what situations you are in.
C. The academic skills of children will be improved if they receive music education.
D. Music helps people concentrate.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now Listen carefully
and answer the 1. What is “Mozart Effect”?
following questions. It means listening to a Mozart Sonata increases IQ.
2. Listen to the passage and try to list the types of music mentioned.
Classical music, rock, hip hop, popular music etc.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. In 1993. B. In 1939.
passage you have C. In 1996. D. In 1990.
just heard.
2. A. It becomes more acceptable. B. It becomes more silent.
C. It becomes more alert to old memories. D. It becomes more receptive to new input.

3. A. Because it is hard to understand. B. Because it is easy to listen to.


C. Because it is too complex. D. Because it is seldom played.

4. A. They will grow slower but better. B. They will produce more seeds.
C. They will grow faster. D. They will become unusually large.

5. A. The “Mozart effect” is still to be proved.


B. Listening to Mozart will help to increase 8 to 9 points in IQ.
C. All classical music is relaxing and helpful for better cognitive abilities.
D. Playing classical music to babies above 3 increases their reasoning skills.

S 64
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Passage Three
Listening for general information
In 1993 researchers from the University of Wisconsin and UC Irvine discovered that listening to a
Mozart Sonata increased IQ. This idea called the “Mozart Effect” has been confirmed by various studies
around the world.
The study suggested that IQ rises 8 to 9 points when listening to Mozart compared to silence. Other
studies have suggested improved test scores after listening to Mozart Piano Concertos. Why does this
occur?
One reason is that classical music is generally very relaxing. Once the brain and body is relaxed, it is
more receptive to new input. Classical music as opposed to silence or rock, hip hop or other popular music
creates an environment that is conducive to cerebral activities.
Not all pieces of classical music are relaxing or create an environment for better cognitive abilities.
However, compared to other genres of music, classical music has shown the most potential for increasing
IQ.
Most classical music is “easy” to listen to, so much that it is sometimes considered “boring” compared
to popular music. However, compared to other forms of popular music, it is less distracting. Therefore it
helps improve focus while doing other activities.
Anecdotal evidence has shown that playing classical music to plants increases the speed and
development of plant growth, and that playing classical music to babies increases the reasoning skills of the
child.
Listening for specific information
1. When was the study conducted?
2. What happens to the brain when it is relaxed?
3. Why do people sometimes feel bored listening to classical music?
4. What will happen when playing classical music to plants?
5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

T 39
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 40
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

Ⅲ traditional music
light music
传统音乐
轻音乐
self-gratification
self-expression
自娱,自我满足
个性表现,自我抒发
Words and improvise 即兴 horizon 视野
Sentences campus songs 校园歌曲 peace of mind 内心的宁静
heavy metal 重金属音乐 prom 毕业舞会
The following are
lead singer 主唱 studio 录音棚;唱片公司
some words and
bandleader 乐队领队 nursery rhymes 童谣
sentences related
record 唱片 musical 音乐剧
to the topic of this
lullaby 摇篮曲 out of tune 跑调
unit. Recite those climax 高潮 harmonic 和声的
words and you teen pop 青少年流行歌 Listening Station 试听台
may need them live performance 现场表演 Podcast 播客
in future listening Hall of Fame 名人堂 indulge 使沉浸,使快乐
comprehension action song 动作歌 audile files 音频文件
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. I often listen to Mozart or Bach in the evening after a hard day at work.
2. There’s clear evidence that people who listen to lively music are lively people.
3. He certainly has a fine ear for a tune.
4. He will get mad if you miss a note or you come in the wrong place.
5. He is dreaming of putting up his own studio.
6. There’s nothing more motivating than having great music to exercise to.
7. When I am sad, I like listening to lyric songs, and I can get energy from it.
8. The main tasks of music journalists are to write reviews and conduct interviews with
musicians and performers.
9. I hate it when people sing along with what they are listening to.
10. An encore is an additional performance added to the end of a concert.
11. Country music is profound and shows us the natural view and beautiful love and so on.
12. Karaoke became popular in Japan among businessmen in the late 1970s, and gained
widespread popularity in the U.S. in the late 1980s.
13. Children who are exposed to music, or those who play an instrument, do better in school
than those who don’t.
14. If you’re a beginner learning to play your first piece, it can be frustrating.
15. The Beatles polished their musical talents in Hamburg, Germany.

S 65
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题五 英语新闻听力预测
新闻听力预测包括听之前和听之中两部分活动。
一、听之前
听之前通过预读试卷上的选项,可以预测文章大意、出题方式和文章的考点等。
因此预读选项时要重点留意以下方面:
1. 预测文章主旨大意
题目选项中有正确项,也有干扰项。但干扰项通常也是根据文中出现的信息设置
出来的,如果能把几个题目的选项内容综合起来,对于预测文章的主旨大意很有帮助。
2. 预测出题方式
选项本身是问题的回答,可以通过这些回答来预测问题的出题方式,从而在听到
对应的录音信息时能迅速做出反应。
3. 关注选项关键词
找出各选项之间最重要信息的差别,并加以区分。可以标记各选项中的关键词,
这样在听音的时候能迅速与选项对应。
二、听之中
在新闻听力过程中,考生可按照下列问题展开预测:
1. What is the topic of the news report?
2. When/where does the event happen?
3. What are the consequences of the event?
另外,也可依靠开篇句预测。新闻听力的第一句话通常会透露整篇新闻的主题,
所以要善于抓住听力材料的首句信息。例如:Americans have a popular saying “Time is
money.” 从这一开篇句中可以预测以下信息范围:
(1)这是一篇关于时间的新闻;
(2)涉及的对象是美国人。
下面利用 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题短篇新闻中的第一篇举例说明:
1. A. Christmas-time attacks made by Somali rebels.
B. An explosion at a bus station in central Nairobi.
C. The killing of more than 70 Ugandans in Kampala.
D. Blasts set off by a Somali group in Uganda’s capital.
根据选项中 attacks,explosion,killing 和 blasts 等词对文章主旨大意进行听前预测,
题目有可能考查发生了什么恐怖袭击事件。并且四个选项中的地名都不尽相同,因此
学生可在听力放音过程中将听到的地名做上标记,并简要记录地名对应的细节信息。

S 66
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

2. A. On Christmas Eve.
 B. Just before midnight.
 C. During a security check.
 D. In the small hours of the morning.
根据四个选项可以很容易判断题目有可能考查事件发生的时间。
问题:
1. What is the news report mainly about?
【解析】 答案为 B. An explosion at a bus station in central Nairobi。根据“Kenyan
police say one person was killed and 26 injured in an explosion at a bus station in central
Nairobi.”得知 B 选项正确。
2. When did the incident occur?
【解析】答案为C. During a security check。根据“but it exploded during a security
check.”得知C选项正确。

* 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题完整内容请参阅以下网址:
http://www.cet.edu.cn/news_show17.html

S 67
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

Welcome to This Is America in VOA Special English. I’m Steve Ember.


And I’m Barbara Klein. It is autumn in the northern part of the world. So it is time to
play some of our favorite songs about this season.
People have written and recorded hundreds of songs about autumn. Many of these
songs express sadness that (1) summer is over. The days are shorter. It is getting darker earlier
each day. The weather is cooler. The skies are gray. Birds fly south because they know
winter is coming. The leaves turn colors of red and gold and then die, (2) falling to the ground.
Some songs about autumn also express the sadness of lost love.
Mary Dawson, in her Internet Writing Journal, writes that this season influenced
songwriters to write some of (3) the greatest songs of all time. Here are some of our favorite
songs about autumn.
“September Song” by Kurt Weill is one of the most well known and saddest songs
about the season. It was introduced back in nineteen thirty-eight in the Broadway musical
“Knickerbocker Holiday”. Many people (4) have recorded this song. Probably the most famous
version is sung by Frank Sinatra.
Another famous song about this season is “Autumn Leaves”. This song also expresses
sad emotions. It was first introduced in a French movie in nineteen forty-six. Later, the
famous American songwriter Johnny Mercer was asked to write English words to the music.
Since then, many artists have recorded it. Here is (5) a lovely version by Eva Cassidy from her
album “Songbird”.
The Moody Blues are a British rock band that first became famous in the nineteen
sixties. They also recorded a song about fallen leaves, (6) darker days and lost love. It is called
“Forever Autumn”.
Here is another sad song about things that happen in autumn. “Wake Me Up When
September Ends” is by the band Green Day from their album “American Idiot”. The song is
about (7) the death of a father.
The rock group the White Stripes has a song called “Dead Leaves and the Dirty
Ground”, from their album “White Blood Cells”. Jack White sings about a woman who did
not wait for him while he was away.
But not all the songs about autumn are sad. Here is a (8) more hopeful song, James
Taylor’s “October Road” from his album by the same name. The song is about (9) leaving the
big city for the countryside, going home again after a long time away.
For people who live in New York City, autumn is an exciting time of the year. New plays
open in theaters on Broadway. The season also brings (10) the promise of new love. Vernon
Duke wrote the song “Autumn in New York” in nineteen thirty-four. Many famous artists have
recorded it. We leave you with Ella Fitzgerald and Louis Armstrong singing this famous song.

S 68
Unit 5 Benefits of Music

VI Learn English Through Songs


Song
You Are Beautiful
The following is a My life is brilliant
song titled “You Are My love is pure
Beautiful” from James I saw an (1) angel
Blunt. Enjoy it and Of that I’m sure
complete the lyrics. She smiled at me on the (2) subway
She was with another man
But I won’t lose no sleep on that, ‘cause I’ve got a plan
You’re beautiful. You’re beautiful. You’re beautiful. It’s true

I saw your face in a (3) crowded place


and I don’t know what to do
‘cause I’ll never be with you

Yes, she (4) caught my eye, as I walked on by


She could see from my face that I was, flying high
and I don’t think that I’ll see her again
but we shared a moment that will last till the end
There must be an angel, with a smile on her face
when she thought that I should be with you
But it’s time to face the (5) truth
I will never be with you

S 69
Unit 6
d a nd O ur H
o o ealt
F h
Teacher’s Book

Food Safety

Pre‑listening Unsafe food causes many acute and life-long diseases, ranging from diarrhoeal( 腹 泻)
Activities: diseases to various forms of cancer. Food safety has already been a heated issue in recent
years.

Part 1
Read the following
passage about the Each year millions of people become ill and thousands die from a preventable foodborne
Five Keys to Safer disease. Proper food preparation can prevent many foodborne diseases. As part of its
Food.
global strategy to decrease the burden of foodborne diseases, WHO identified the need to
communicate a simple global health message, rooted in scientific evidence, to educate all types
of food handlers, including ordinary consumers. The Five Keys to Safer Food message is a
global health message which explains the basic principles that each individual should know all
over the world to ensure safe food handling practices and prevent foodborne diseases. The Five
Keys to Safer Food, and associated training materials, were developed to provide countries
with materials that are easy to use, reproduce and adapt to different target audiences.

Part 2
What are the Five
Keys to Safer Food?
Now, you will hear a Keys Specific Tips
passage about it and 1. keep clean a. Protect kitchen areas and food from insects,
pests and other animals.
try to fill in the blanks
about specific tips. 2. separate raw and cooked b. Store food in containers to avoid contact
between raw and prepared foods.
3. cook thoroughly c. Reheat cooked food thoroughly.
4. keep food at safe temperatures d. Do not thaw frozen food at room temperature.
5. use safe water and raw materials e. Do not use food beyond its expiry date.

S 72
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
What are the Five Keys to Safer Food? Now, you will hear a passage about it and try to fill in the
blanks about specific tips.
The first tip is to keep clean. You should wash your hands before handling food and often during food
preparation. You should try to protect kitchen areas and food from insects, pests and other animals.
The second one is to separate raw and cooked food. Storing food in containers can avoid contact
between raw and prepared foods.
The third is to cook thoroughly, especially meat, poultry, eggs and seafood. You should bring foods
like soups and stews to boiling to make sure that they have reached 70°C. For meat and poultry, you should
make sure that juices are clear, not pink. Also, you should reheat cooked food thoroughly.
Then, you are advised to keep food at safe temperatures. Do not leave cooked food at room
temperature for more than 2 hours and do not thaw frozen food at room temperature.
The last tip is to use safe water and raw materials. That means do not use food beyond its expiry date.

T E
NO

T 41
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
Americans are angry and growing more frustrated, but the reasons are mixed. At shopping day sales,
they fight over who gets the biggest television. At their children’s soccer games, they attack the coach if
their team is not winning. And in the extreme, some become so angry over issues of religion, politics and
power that they commit mass murder on strangers, or threaten people with religions they do not like.
But Americans are also angry and divided about continued economic struggles. Also fueling the anger
are divisions over such issues as immigration, same-sex marriage, abortion, gun control, police treatment
of African-Americans and climate change.
The reasons people say they are unhappy include: a shrinking middle class, young people worried
about debt and job prospects, a growing concern about terrorism and a belief that the political system
favors the wealthy.
Questions:
1. What do we know about Americans from the news report?
2. Which of the following is NOT the reason why Americans are unhappy?

News Item Two


Some immigrants in the northeastern state of Maine are learning to lose their accents.
Some of the immigrants speak English fluently, but have a difficult time being understood because
they have heavy accents, reported the Portland Press-Herald newspaper.
Assouma Nyirabahizi says she left her home and job in Rwanda two years ago, coming to America on
a green card “in hopes of a brighter future”.
Nyirabahizi has a master’s degree in computer science and speaks English fluently. She says all of her
classes in Rwanda were taught in English, “but here I have to learn again because of my accent”.
She attends a free class to reduce her accent with seven other students. Marta Greenlaw is the teacher.
She says immigrants who reduce their accent have better success at work. And they can communicate more
easily with store workers, teachers, doctors and neighbors.
Questions:
1. What’s the news mainly about?
2. What do we know about Assouma Nyirabahizi from the news report?

T 42
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd ers tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or
three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After
you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

divided a. 有分歧的(I1) Rwanda 卢旺达(非洲国家)


abortion n. 堕胎 vineyard n. 葡萄园(I3)
Maine 缅因州(美国)(I2) approve v. 同意,赞同
Portland Press-Herald《波特兰新闻先驱报》

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. They blame their children for losing the soccer games.
on the following B. They have tolerant attitudes towards such issues as religion and immigration.
news item. C. They hold different views on continued economic struggles.
D. They are satisfied with the police treatment of African-Americans.

2. A. The steadily rising prices.


B. A shrinking middle class.
C. A growing concern about terrorism.
D. A belief that the political system favors the wealthy.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. Some immigrants in Maine are learning to lose their accents.
on the following B. Some immigrants in Maine are trying to get a green card.
news item. C. Some immigrants in Maine are trying to get a master’s degree.
D. Some immigrants in Maine are having a difficult time finding jobs.

S 73
Teacher’s Book

2. A. She has been in America for ten years.


B. She didn’t receive good education in her motherland.
C. She can’t speak English at all.
D. She attends a free class to reduce her accent.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. 200 years ago. B. Five years ago.
on the following C. Fifteen years ago. D. Fifty years ago.
news item.
2. A. Sula Vineyards is the largest wine maker in India.
B. About 200,000 people visit Sula Vineyards every week.
C. Sula Vineyards is not open on weekends.
D. People can learn how to make wine in Sula Vineyards.

3. A. More women have joined the workforce in the last ten years.
B. More women have independent incomes.
C. Women drinking wine is no longer unacceptable in some cities in India.
D. Women selling wine is no longer unacceptable in some cities in India.

Ta sk 2 Und e rs ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

buckle n. 扣子、带扣(C1) obese a. 肥胖的、过胖的(C2)


elastic a. 有弹性的 fatten v. 使发胖、使变胖
fabric n. 布(毛、丝)织物 nutritional a. 营养的
helmet n. 钢盔、盔、防护帽 supplement n. 补充、养生片剂

S 74
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

News Item Three


Indians who like alcohol, usually choose whiskey as their drink. But slowly, wine is growing more
popular in the country. India’s first vineyard is named Sula. It began operations 15 years ago.
Sula Vineyards is India’s largest wine maker. About 200,000 people visit it every year. It is especially
busy on weekends. Visitors explore the vineyards. Then, they learn how to taste wine, to best enjoy the
blend of flavors.
Indian tradition has not been approving of alcoholic drinks. And until now whiskey is the kind of
alcohol that the general public has accepted.
There are several reasons for this. One is that more women have joined the workforce in the last ten
years, and have independent incomes. In big cities like Delhi and Mumbai, women buying wine or having
a drink is no longer considered unacceptable.
Questions:
1. When did Sula, India’s first vineyard, begin operation?
2. What do we know about Sula Vineyards from the news report?
3. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as the reason why alcoholic drinks were not approved of in
India?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: John, have you chosen physical education class yet for this semester?
M: No. Why?
W: You’ve got to take rock-climbing. We just had the first class and it looks like it’s gonna be great.
M: You think I should take rock-climbing? You’ve got to be kidding. Besides, how can they teach rock-
climbing when it’s completely flat around here?
W: That’s not important. You can’t just start climbing without any training. You had to get in shape, learn
how to use the ropes, the belts and the buckles. There’s a lot of preparation first.
M: You don’t think it’s just a little bit dangerous?
W: Not if you know how to use the safe equipment, which is, by the way, pretty hi-tech. The ropes are
made of elastic fabrics that stretch a little. The shoes have special rubber soles and the helmets are
made of some kinds of special plastic. You have to learn how to use all these before you do any real
climbing.
M: Well, what’s the appeal? We’ll spend the whole semester studying something we don’t actually get to
do.

T 43
Teacher’s Book

W: We will take a climbing trip during spring break. But that’s not the point. Climbing is not the only goal.
In preparation to climb you learn patience, mental discipline and you gain fantastic physical strength,
especially in your hands. For the first few weeks we can concentrate entirely on hand and upper-body
exercises.
M: All that in one sport? Maybe you are right. Since it’s not too late to join the class, maybe I will.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What’s the woman trying to do?
2. What does the man imply about rock-climbing at their college?
3. Why is the woman interested in rock-climbing?
4. What will the first few classes of rock-climbing focus on?
5. What will the man probably do?

Conversation Two
M: What do you think about all the different diets that people go on?
W: I don’t think dieting is good. It’s much better to eat a balanced diet and to never get overweight to begin
with!
M: But what do you think about people who are obese? What should they do to lose weight?
W: They need to eat healthy foods, but they also have to increase the amount of exercise they do every day.
Besides, they don’t have to cut out fattening foods altogether, though.
M: So you think it is OK for people who are on a diet to eat chocolate?
W: Of course, they can eat some chocolate! As long as they are taking regular exercise and eating healthy
foods mostly, there’s nothing wrong with having a small dessert.
M: How about drinking soda?
W: Many people gain weight by drinking far too much soda. Soda should be a treat because there’s simply
no nutritional value in it after all. If you want to lose weight and you can’t stop drinking soda, try some
diet coke.
M: That’s good advice. By the way, have you ever tried taking vitamins?
W: My mother used to make me take vitamins every day, but I don’t take them anymore. Vitamins are good
as a supplement, but they don’t do much good if you don’t have a well-balanced diet to start.
M: How do you know so much about food and dieting?
W: You might not believe this, but I used to be twice the size as I am now!
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What should obese people do to lose weight according to the woman?
2. What does the woman think of drinking soda?
3. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the conversation?
4. Why does the woman know so much about dieting according to the conversation?

T 44
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the
1. A. Find a place to go rock-climbing.
conversation you
B. Convince the man to take a rock-climbing course with her.
have just heard.
C. Find out if a rock-climbing course will be offered.
D. Plan a rock-climbing trip during spring break.

2. A. There is no appropriate place for rock-climbing nearby.


B. There is no one to teach them how to do it.
C. Not very many students are interested in it.
D. The college doesn’t have any rock-climbing equipment.

3. A. Climbers have the opportunity to be outside and enjoy the scenery.


B. Climbing isn’t as expensive as other sports.
C. Learning to climb doesn’t take a very long time.
D. Climbers develop skills useful in other activities.

4. A. Select the necessary equipment. B. Find a climbing partner.


C. Increase upper-body strength. D. Learn how to use the safe equipment.

5. A. He will do exercise everyday. B. He will buy some rock-climbing equipment.


C. He will take a rock-climbing course. D. He will ask his teacher for advice.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. They should eat healthy foods every day.
conversation you
B. They should cut out fattening foods altogether.
have just heard.
C. They should never eat chocolate.
D. They should do the same amount of exercise every day.

2. A. Many people lose weight because they drink too much soda.
B. There is no nutritional value in soda.
C. Drinking soda will help people sleep better.
D. Few people gain weight because of drinking soda.

3. A. The woman takes vitamins every day.


B. The woman’s mother used to take vitamins every day.

S 75
Teacher’s Book

C. Taking vitamins is an important part of a well-balanced diet.


D. Having a well-balanced diet is more important than taking vitamins.

4. A. Because she is a learned person.


B. Because she is writing a book on dieting.
C. Because she used to be overweight.
D. Because she read a lot of books about dieting.

Ta sk 3 U nd e rs ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

property  n. 属性,性质(P1) carbohydrate n. 碳水化合物(P2)


individually ad. 个人地 protein n. 蛋白质
immune system 免疫系统 pyramid n. 金字塔
tooth decay 蛀牙 pasta n. 意大利面食(包括通心粉及面条等)
bacteria n. 细菌(bacterium 的名词复数) skip v. 略过,遗漏(P3)
consume v. 吃,消耗 sluggish a. 行动迟缓的
extract v. 提炼出,分离出,榨出 recommend v. 推荐

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now Listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. The passage is about the benefits of eating apples.
2. How many reasons that an apple is so special are given in the passage?
Four.

S 76
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
“An apple a day keeps the doctor away.” But why? Do you really know what makes an
apple so special? Why is it that we never hear an orange or a banana a day keeps the doctor away?
Apples have properties that no other fruits have and its benefits have been proven over time. You will be
able to get the benefits of these properties individually with other fruits, but an apple combines everything
and makes it simpler.
First, apples contain Vitamin C. Vitamin C helps greatly your immune system. Second, apples are low
in calories. A regular size apple has between 70 — 100 calories. Eating an apple when wanting candy or
chocolate can make the desire disappear since apple in itself contains sugar, but gives you only 1/4 of the
calories. Third, apples prevent tooth decay. The juice of the apples has properties that can kill up to 80% of
bacteria. So there you have it, an apple a day also keeps the dentist away! Finally, apples can protect your
brain from brain disease. This is something many people don’t know.
On average, Americans consume around 20 pounds of apples a year, which comes to around one apple
a week. Unfortunately, while an apple a week is better than nothing, it is nowhere close to being able to
extract all the advantages apples have to offer. Eating apples is part of balanced and healthy diet that will
increase your longevity, so why limit yourself to only one per week?
Listening for specific information
1. What does the sentence “An apple a day keeps the doctor away.” indicate?
2. Compared with other fruits, what’s the advantage of apples?
3. How many calories does a regular size apple have?
4. Why can apples prevent tooth decay?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 45
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Many professional sports teams have recently added a new member to their organization — a
nutritionist. That’s because athletes have become aware that food affects performance. You don’t have to be
an athlete to notice this effect. If you’ve ever skipped breakfast and then tried to clean the house, you know
that you need food for energy. Here are some tips about eating to increase your physical performance.
First, eat enough food. Your body needs a certain number of calories each day. If you’re too thin,
you’ll often feel tired and you’ll be more likely to get sick.
Second, read the labels on food products. This information will tell you how nutritious the foods are.
Third, avoid eating foods that are high in simple carbohydrates, that is, sugars. A chocolate bar will
first give you energy, but then it will leave you feeling even more tired.
Fourth, eat a balanced diet, one that includes complex carbohydrates, protein, and fat. Use the food
pyramid to help you decide how much to eat of each type of food. Complex carbohydrates provide the
body with “fuel”. They are found in fruits and vegetables, and in bread, rice, pasta, and other foods made
from grains. The body uses protein to build muscles, and it uses fat to absorb the vitamins in food. Protein
and fat are found in foods like milk, cheese, meat, fish, and eggs. Too much fat, however, can be harmful.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, what has been added to many professional sports teams recently?
2. If you were too thin, what will happen according to the passage?
3. Which of the following tips is NOT mentioned in the passage?
4. Why do we need fat according to the passage?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 46
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Doctors could be replaced by apples. B. Apples can cure serious disease.
passage you have C. Doctors don’t like eating apples. D. Apples are beneficial to people’s health.
just heard.
2. A. They make people live longer. B. They combine the benefits of many fruits.
C. They are cheaper and sweeter. D. They are juicy and easy to buy.

3. A. 17 to 70 calories. B. 70 to 100 calories.


C. More than 100 calories. D. Lower than 70 calories.

4. A. Apples can relieve toothache.


B. Apples have low calories.
C. Apples do less harm to people’s tooth than other fruits.
D. The juice of the apples can kill about 80% of tooth bacteria.

5. A. Apples help improve your immune system.


B. Eating apples can make the desire of eating candy disappear.
C. Eat more than 20 pounds of apples a week.
D. Apples can protect you from brain disease.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Listen carefully and
answer the following 1. What is the passage mainly about?
questions. The passage is about some tips about eating to increase physical performance.
2. How many tips are mentioned in the passage?
Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Nutritious foods. B. New equipments.
passage you have C. A cleaner. D. A nutritionist.
just heard.
2. A. You’ll easily get sick. B. You’ll often feel energetic.
C. You need take in more chocolates. D. You’ll feel hungry easily.

S 77
Teacher’s Book

3. A. Eat enough food. B. Read the labels on food products.


C. Avoid eating simple foods. D. Eat a balanced diet.

4. A. It can provide the body with “fuel”. B. It helps absorb carbohydrates in food.
C. It helps absorb the vitamins in food. D. The body uses it to build muscles.

5. A. The food you eat affects your performance.


B. Athletes need to eat more food than average people.
C. A chocolate bar may make you feel even more tired.
D. Protein is used to build body muscles.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and answer the 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. The passage is about what bad eating habits are and how to get rid of them.
2. How many bad eating habits are mentioned in the passage?
Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. They may not exercise hard enough. B. They probably have some bad eating habits.
passage you have C. They are overweight. D. They often have regular meals.
just heard.
2. A. Positive. B. Neutral. C. Indifferent. D. Negative.

3. A. Your body burns little calories. B. Your body does not burn any calories at all.
C. Your body may feel hot. D. Your body burns lots of calories.

4. A. You might feel more energetic. B. Stomachache might occur.


C. Headache might occur. D. You might feel like vomiting.

5. A. You may have two huge meals a day at most.


B. You can have a meal whenever you feel hungry.
C. Six meals.
D. Three meals.

S 78
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Most of you who just started to work out may not know that having bad eating habits actually makes
losing weight much more difficult. Of course, those wanting to build muscles will also find that the
development rate of the muscles is too slow. Now, how do we actually know whether we are having bad
eating habits or not?
Don’t worry, let us now take a look at several bad eating habits that you may have and definitely
should remove.
First, skipping breakfast is not a healthy eating habit. Breakfast is a must! Even if you are having
a heavy breakfast, you will have all day to burn the calories. That is why I mentioned “eat like a king”.
Skipping breakfast also makes you feel hungrier throughout the rest of the day thus causing you to eat
more.
Second, do you have the habit of eating before you sleep? If you have the habit of eating before going
to bed, I hope you are not having any plans of losing weight. When you are sleeping, your body does not
burn much calories.
Third, eating a lot before exercising is also a bad habit. If you exercise after you have a huge meal,
chances are that you might feel sluggish or maybe even a stomachache might occur.
Finally, I always recommend people to have 6 meals. It reduces the chance that you will feel hungry
compared to having 3 meals a day where the time between each meal is so long. But do take note that I am
not asking you to have 6 HUGE meals a day.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, why do some people find it difficult to lose weight?
2. What is the author’s attitude towards skipping breakfast?
3. When you sleep, what is going on inside your body?
4. What will happen if you eat a lot before exercising?
5. How many meals a day does the author suggest?

T 47
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 48
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

Ⅲ nutritional science 营养科学 overripe (水果)熟透的


junk food 垃圾食品 absorb 吸收
Words and nutrient 营养物 seal 密封
Sentences well-being 健康 teaspoon 茶匙
The following are natural color 天然色素 nutrition information 营养成分表
chemical 化学的 chronic 慢性的
some words and
germ 细菌 obesity 肥胖
sentences related
yummy 美味的 diabetes 糖尿病
to the topic of this
sour 变酸,变馊 portion (饭菜的)一份
unit. Recite those
ingredient 成分 diversity 多样化
words and you
label 标签 moderate 适度的,中等的
may need them
package 包装 date of manufacture 生产日期
in future listening additive 添加剂 shelf life 保质期
comprehension fiber 纤维 contamination 污染,弄脏
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. The bread will soon be past its best before date.


2. The most important meal of the day is breakfast but I don’t usually have time to eat a big
breakfast.
3. What are our dinner choices? You will have a choice of chicken, fish, or beef.
4. When will our meals be served?
5. Obesity increases the risk of heart disease and high blood pressure.
6. Everyone involved with food must remain alert to the dangers of improper food-handling.
7. Wash your hands and food-preparation surfaces often, keep foods safely stored and
separated, and cook and chill the food properly.
8. Unfortunately, we have not reduced the amount of food we eat or adjusted our physical
activity accordingly.
9. Too much processed and fatty foods in the diet increases the risk of depression.
10. Diets containing many different vegetables and fruit may help reduce the risk of some types
of cancer.
11. Their range of organic foods is very limited.
12. The problems of domestic food safety are appearing constantly.
13. Some illegal traders care about nothing but making money.
14. I haven’t been feeling well. I have been throwing up (vomiting) for the past 2 hours.
15. Relying on fast food too much may cause a person to suffer from malnutrition.

S 79
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题六 英语新闻中的信息提示语
在听新闻的过程中,学习者要做到快速反应句子与句子之间的关系,并借此发现
句子之间的逻辑,在听懂新闻大意的基础上,定位题目所涉及的重要信息。常见的信
息提示语如下:
1. 因果关系提示语
句子中的因果关系提示语通常会暗示新闻听力的重要信息。以下是在英语新闻中
经常出现的表示句子因果关系的提示语:
as, since, because, now that, considering, given, for reason that, the reason why… is,
because of, owing to, on account of, for the sake of, due to, result from, thanks to, attribute…
to, cause, lead to, bring about, result in, contribute to, account for, responsible for, so,
therefore, thus, hence, as a result, that’s why…, accordingly, as a consequence, consequently,
so…that, too…to.
在新闻播放过程中,这些词语可以帮助我们判断句子的因果关系,进而判断事情
发生的原因。
2. 表达说话者观点的提示语
在新闻听力中,除了要听懂新闻大意,还要捕捉其传达的观点和态度。常见的观
点态度提示语如下:
(1)宾语从句:I think ..., I believe it’s true that ...
(2)表达观点态度的提示语:in my opinion, as far as … be concerned.
(3)表语从句:The point / idea / view / fact / problem / solution / method / threat /
challenge / propose / dispute / argument / proof / suggestion / consequence / tasks / danger /
crisis / barrier / intention / conflict / controversy is that ...
(4)表示观点的动词:... point out / suggest / comment / explain / require / conclude
/ insist / criticize / refute / prove / try to / attempt to / intend to / plan to / dream of / resolve
to / be determined to / support / advocate / approve / agree / prefer / claim / declare / admit /
mean ...
当听到如上动词或句型时,说话者或新闻人物的态度和观点就会紧随其后,如果
我们能够洞察这些关键词,再遇到此类题型,便会迎刃而解。
下面,我们举例说明。
Professor Post is developing a way to grow meat in a lab because he believes that
livestock farming is not good for the environment, not good for animals nor, he says, is it
going to satisfy the growing demand for meat.
His aim is to produce a burger that looks and tastes just like the real thing but from what

S 80
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

I saw at his lab, which is still a work in progress.


The flesh, grown from stem cells, is pale white and tasteless, so food technologists have
had to mix in breadcrumbs, caramel and saffron to add flavor and juice to add color. The
mixture is then put together to make the burger that will be cooked then eaten by two food
writers.
Initial testing during the development process suggests that it won’t taste great, but
according to Professor Post, it will taste good enough.
1. Why does Professor Post develop a way to grow meat in a lab?
A. Professor Post is an environmentalist.
B. Livestock cannot meet the demand for meat.
C. Meat grown in a lab is much more delicious.
D. Growing meat in a lab costs less than raising livestock.
2. Why do the food technologists have to add juice?
A. The meat tastes just like the real thing.
B. The meat looks pale and tastes good.
C. The meat grows from stems cell.
D. The meat needs adding color.
解析:
1. 答案为 B。新闻第一句导语信息提示了全文大意,随后一句表示因果关系的句
子“because he believes that ...”道出了具体原因 , 即畜牧对环境和动物都不利,而
且也无法满足人类日益增长的对肉的需求。Professor Post is developing a way to grow
meat in a lab because he believes that livestock farming is not good for the environment, not
good for animals nor, he says, is it going to satisfy the growing demand for meat.
2. 答案为 D。 本题考查食品技师必须往“人造肉”里添加果汁的原因。新闻中提
到种植的肉颜色惨白而无味,随后紧接着说到“so food technologists have had…”,这
个是表示原因的重点信息提示语。当听到“The fresh, grow from stem cells, is pale white
and tasteless, so food technologists have had to mix in breadcrumbs, caramel and saffron to
add flavor and juice to add color.”时,可知往肉里添加果汁的原因是为了增加颜色。

S 81
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Health Report.


How many calories we eat appears more important than what we eat when we eat too
much. That was the finding of a new study that should be satisfying to anyone who counts
calories (1) for weight control.
More than one billion adults are overweight. The World Health Organization calls
obesity a global epidemic. On Tuesday, (2) government researchers reported the latest estimates
for the United States. The good news: obesity rates have not increased much in recent years.
The bad news: they have not decreased either. More than (3) one-third of adults were obese in
2009 and 2010.
Anyone who has ever tried to lose weight knows there are all kinds of conflicting diet
plans. Some tell people not to eat carbohydrates. Others say (4) not to eat fats. Still others say
to eat more protein. Or to eat less protein.
Dr George Bray at the Pennington Biomedical Research Center in Louisiana led the
new study. He wanted to know if protein in food affects weight gain.
Twenty-five healthy adults were in the study. They were overfed by almost 1,000
calories a day over an eight-week period. Calories in food are (5) a measure of energy.
One of those in the study was Daniel Kuhn. “I was eating a lot of real butter, for
instance, real whipped cream and things of that nature that I don’t normally indulge in.”
The people followed diets with (6) low, normal or high levels of protein. Normal was
defined as 15 percent of energy from protein.
Dr Bray says all of them gained weight. “Fat storage was exactly the same with all three
levels of protein. It was the calories that they ate that (7) affected the body fat that they stored.”
The study found that those who ate a higher percentage of protein gained more lean
body mass. The opposite happened on a low protein diet. “If your protein intake’s low,
you’ll actually lose body mass even though you’re (8) eating an excess amount of calories.”
Dr Bray tells his patients to weigh themselves regularly so they can know quickly if
they gain weight.
His study on protein, calories and weight gain appeared in the Journal of the American
Medical Association.
Dr Dariush Mozaffarian at the Harvard School of Public Health studies the relationship
between (9) diet and conditions like heart disease and diabetes. He says keeping a healthy weight
is not just about eating less, but also about what you eat. “We don’t need to go down a list of ‘avoid
this, avoid that’ — become, you know, food police. It’s really actually mostly foods that should
be increased. It’s fruits, vegetables, whole grains, fish, vegetable oils and nuts.”
He says increasing these six foods by about one serving each day would reduce obesity
and help slow the epidemic of (10) obesity-related diseases.
And that’s the VOA Special English Health Report. I’m Faith Lapidus.

S 82
Unit 6 Food and Our Health

VI Learn English Through Movies


Movie
Jack: Is your name Gaylord Focker? Yes or no?
The following is an Greg: Yes.
episode from the Jack: Are you a (1) male nurse?
movie “Meet the Greg: Yes.
Parents”. Enjoy it Jack: Are you a pot head?
and complete the Greg: No.
lines. Jack: Have you ever smoked pot?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: Did you spray-paint the (2) tail of a cat to pass him off as Mr. Jinx?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: And you did that because you were desperately seeking my (3) approval?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: Because you love my daughter Pam?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: Do you want to marry her? Do you want to marry her?
Greg: I did. Till I met you.
Jack: What does that mean?
Greg: I love your daughter, Jack. I love her more than anything. But (4) frankly sir, I’m a little
terrified of being your son-in-law. This whole weekend has given me a lot of doubts
about whether or not I could even survive in your family. I think you’ve got some serious
(5) issues.
Jack: If I lighten up, would you consider marrying my daughter?
Greg: Would you lighten up a lot?
Jack: Yeah!
Greg: Yes or no?
Jack: Yes.
Greg: Would you let me and Pam live our lives and not interfere all the time?
Jack: I promise not to interfere in your lives all the time.
Greg: Will you stop making fun of me for being a nurse?
Jack: Could you at least try, maybe, to consider another (6) profession?
Greg: Jack, yes or no?
Jack: Ever?
Greg: No.

S 83
Teacher’s Book

Jack: Okay, yes.


Greg: Would you let me and Pam sleep in the same room?
Jack: Don’t push it, Focker. You’re in a real (7) mess. If you married my daughter,
would you support her in the way that she (8) deserves to be supported?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: Would you be honest and (9) faithful to her?
Greg: Yes.
Jack: Would you devote yourself (10) entirely to her for the rest of your life?
Greg: Of course.
Jack: Gaylord Focker, will you be my son-in-law?

S 84
Unit 7
e i n g Famou
B s
Teacher’s Book

How to Become Famous



Pre‑listening Fame can be a magical experience for the person in the spotlight. Do you want to
Activities: become famous?

Part 1
Being famous is
fantastic, but is it all
that great? Read the Being a famous person must be a gorgeous experience. Many people dream of being

following passage famous. They imagine a luxurious lifestyle with no worries or problems. But is being
about the pros and famous so easy?
cons of being famous. First of all, famous people are usually very rich and they have easier lives than normal
people. They don’t have to worry about paying bills. They can afford designer clothes and
drive fast cars. They usually get the best hotel rooms or the most efficient service wherever
they go. Secondly, when you are famous, your name is known by everyone. Then, you are
invited to the best parties and meet other celebrities. In addition, it’s good to have fans.
They send you letters to tell you how much they admire you.
Although it’s nice to be recognized in the street, it also could be annoying if people
always ask you for your autograph. Moreover, you can’t go alone but always with
bodyguards. If you are famous, you don’t have privacy, paparazzi look at you all the time,
so you always have to look your best.
All in all, fame is not an easy thing to live with. Celebrities can never really be sure if
people like them for who they are.

Part 2
Now you will hear a passage
about the suggestions on
1. Find and develop your talent. Famous people discovered their passion and spent time
becoming famous. After
hearing the passage, try developing it.
to complete the summary 2. Produce groundbreaking advances in your field.
below. 3. Break the record of the person who is the highest record holder in your arena.
4. Position yourself to be noticed.
5. Work it. Wherever you go, act like someone who should be noticed.

S 86
Unit 7 Being Famous

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Now you will hear a passage about the suggestions on becoming famous. After hearing the passage,
try to complete the summary below.
Whether walking the red carpet, publishing in respected and influential magazines or taking a place in
the record books, becoming famous requires patience and strategy.
Find and develop your talent. Famous actors, writers, physicists and explorers all discovered their
passion and spent time developing it. Send an audition tape to a reality show. Post your talents online at
popular websites like You Tube and Myspace.
Produce groundbreaking advances in your field. Attract attention by exceeding expectations of
judges in your area of expertise. If you have natural talent in your chosen field, continue to further your
knowledge. Take classes and apply to the most respected and prestigious programs.
Break the record of the person who is the highest record holder in your arena. Conquer something
previously thought unconquerable-mountains and long-distance flights. Set a goal and overcome it.
Succeed and there’s a good chance to be remembered by historians for years.
Position yourself to be noticed. Move to a big city and gain more opportunities to tap into the national
market. Obtain as much information about your industry and apply it.
Work it. Wherever you go, act like someone who should be noticed. Even if you aren’t famous yet,
people notice confidence.

TE
N O

T 49
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
Belgian security forces are continuing to search for a man seen with two suicide bombers at the
airport and metro attacks in Brussels, Belgium.
At least 31 people were killed and 271 wounded. The Islamic State terrorist group is claiming
responsibility for the attacks. A U.S. official told VOA there is no reason to doubt the claim.
Belgian federal prosecutor Frederic Van Leeuw confirmed that two of the attackers were brothers —
Khalid and Ibrahim el-Bakraoui.
On Tuesday, Belgian police released a photograph of three men taken from closed-circuit television
at the airport. Van Leeuw said Ibrahim and an unidentified man, both wearing dark clothing, died in the
airport attacks.
Security forces are now looking for the third person in the photo. The man was wearing a white jacket
with a black hat.
Questions:
1. What is the number of casualties in the airport and metro attacks in Brussels?
2. Which of the following statements about the attackers is NOT true according to the news?

News Item Two


In America, one big Easter tradition sends children hunting for hidden Easter eggs. Children carry
baskets and collect eggs made of chocolate or candy. They search in the house, their yards or a park.
But one egg hunt on Saturday went wrong in the northeastern State of Connecticut. A candy company
hosted an egg hunt for children. The company is called PEZ, and it hid more than 9,000 eggs on its
property in Connecticut. But way more people showed up than the candy maker expected.
The egg hunt was set up on three separate fields, and children would be assigned to hunt for eggs
based on their ages. But Monday morning, stories reported parents going out of control at the hunt and
made PEZ one of the top trending topics on Facebook.
It turns out the parents rushed on to the fields where the eggs were hidden. They said they were trying
to get eggs for their children. But instead, they left behind a lot of hurt feelings.
Questions:
1. Who hosted the egg hunt on its property in Connecticut?
2. What happened at the egg hunt on Saturday in Connecticut?

T 50
Unit 7 Being Famous

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd ers tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

security forces 安全部队(I1) PEZ 著名糖果公司


metro n. 地铁 property n. 房产
Brussels 布鲁塞尔(比利时首都) Ohio 俄亥俄州(美国)(I3)
prosecutor n. 检察官 primary n. (政党的)候选人初选会
closed-circuit television 闭路电视 General Citizen 新一代公民组织
Connecticut 康涅狄格州(美国)(I2) turnout n. 参加人数

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. 31. B. 302. C. 271. D. 240.
on the following
news item. 2. A. Two of the attackers were brothers.
B. Two of the attackers died in the airport attacks.
C. Belgian police failed to identify the three attackers.
D. Security forces are looking for the third person of the attackers.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. A candy company. B. An egg company.
on the following C. An IT company. D. The local government.
news item.
2. A. Many children were wounded during the egg hunt.
B. More people showed up at the hunt than the company expected.
C. Some children were sad because their parents failed to get eggs for them.
D. More than 9,000 eggs were eaten on that day.

S 87
Teacher’s Book

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. To permit 17-year-olds to vote. B. To permit 16- and 17-year-olds to vote.
on the following C. To raise the voting age to 18. D. To offer them financial support.
news item.
2. A. He is the spokesman of the local government.
B. He is the president of Generation Citizen.
C. He is an official in the local government.
D. He is a junior in a high school.

3. A. Because teenagers may cause chaos in the voting.


B. Because they believe 16- and 17-year-olds are mature enough to vote.
C. Because 16- and 17-year-olds would follow their parents in voting.
D. Because 16- and 17-year-olds are likely to change the voting rules.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

legendary a. 闻名的,传说的(C1) initial n.(姓名的)首字母


biography n. 传记 superstitious a. 迷信的
nom de 笔名(C2)

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the
1. A. The host. B. A writer.
conversation you
C. An actor. D. A symbol of American youth.
have just heard.

S 88
Unit 7 Being Famous

News Item Three


In Ohio’s presidential primary recently, 17-year-olds were permitted to vote. That’s unusual because
the voting age in the United States is 18. But during this election campaign, some people want to change
the voting rules.
In Ohio, a judge ruled that 17-year-olds who turn 18 before the November 8 general election can vote.
Several groups, including Generation Citizen, want local governments to permit all 16- and 17-year-
olds to vote. Generation Citizen argues that lowering the voting age will increase interest in government
and politics.
“A lower voting age would involve parents, teachers, and community members in the process of
learning to vote, and ultimately voting themselves, raising adult voter turnout,” said Oliver York, age
16. He is a junior at a San Francisco high school and working with Generation Citizen’s “Vote 16 USA
Campaign”.
Arguments against lowering the voting age include: 16- and 17-year-olds are not mature enough and
would vote the way their parents do.
Here is what one person wrote on the website debate.org: “It’s simply the fact that people at
16-17-years-old don’t have the emotional or mental maturity of someone 20-years-old. Their minds are still
crazed with the chemicals of being a teenager.”
Questions:
1. What do some groups including Generation Citizen want local governments to do?
2. Who is Oliver York according to the news?
3. Why are some people against lowering voting age?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: Good evening, and welcome to tonight’s edition of Legendary Lives. Our subject this evening is
James Dean — actor and hero for the young people of his time. Edward Nervy is the author of a new
biography of Dean. Good evening, Edward!
M: Hello, Tina!
W: Edward, tell us what you know about Dean’s early life.
M: He was born in Indiana in 1931, but his parents moved to California when he was five. He wasn’t there
long, though, because his mother passed away just four years later. James’ father sent him back to
Indiana after that to live with his aunt.
W: So how did he get into acting?
M: Well, first he acted in plays of high school, then he went to college in California where he got seriously
into acting. In 1951, he moved to New York to more stage acting.
W: Then when did his movie career really start?

T 51
Teacher’s Book

M: 1955. His first starring role was in East of Eden. It was fabulous. Dean became a huge success. But
the movie that really made him famous was his second one — Rebel without Cause. That was about
teenagers who felt like they didn’t fit into the society.
W: So how many more movies did he make?
M: Just one more. Then he died in a car crash in California in 1955.
W: What a tragedy! He only made three movies. So what made him the legend he still is today?
M: Well, I guess is his looks, his acting ability, his short life and maybe the type of character he played in
his movies. Many young people thought him as a symbol of American youth.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Who is Edward Nervy?
2. When did James Dean and his parents moved to California?
3. Which movie really made Dean famous?
4. How did James Dean die?
5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the conversation?

Conversation Two
M: So, this is the first time we’ve met.
W: Yes, it is.
M: And my producers tell me that your real name is Jo. All this time I thought you were “J. K.”
W: (Laughing) Yeah.
M: J. K. is…
W: Is just the nom de — well, it’s because my British publisher. When the first book came out, they
thought “this is a book that will appeal to boys”, but they didn’t want the boys to know a woman had
written it. So they said to me ‘could we use your initials’ and I said “fine”. I only have one initial. I
don’t have a middle name. So I took my favorite grandmother’s name, Kathleen.
M: And fooled the boys for a while.
W: Yeah, not for too long, because I started getting my picture in the press and no one could pretend I was
a man anymore.
M: Yes, and I don’t think the boys have minded.
W: No, it hasn’t held me back, has it? Clearly not held me back.
M: Is there something about being here, in this particular hotel where we are that you thought would be
particularly stimulating to your creative process. That’s why you wanted to come here? To finish?
W: Well, it turned out to be stimulating. For years and years and years I just would go to a café and sit in a
different kind of noise and work. I thought “I can go to a quiet place”. So I came to this hotel because
it’s a beautiful hotel, but I didn’t intend to stay here. They were so nice to me here — and I think writers
can be a little bit superstitious — so the first day’s writing went well so I kept coming back to this
hotel and I ended up finishing the last of the Harry Potter books in this hotel.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why did the woman write under a pen name?
2. What did the boys do when they knew J.K. was a woman?
3. Where did the woman used to write?
4. What makes the hotel special for the woman?

T 52
Unit 7 Being Famous

2. A. In 1931. B. In 1935.
C. In 1936. D. In 1940.

3. A. Dean’s first movie. B. Dean’s last movie.


C. East of Eden. D. Rebel without Cause.

4. A. He died of cancer. B. He died in a car crash.


C. He died a natural death. D. Not mentioned.

5. A. James Dean is still a legend today.


B. James Dean made two movies.
C. James Dean is a symbol of American spirit.
D. James Dean got seriously into acting in 1955.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. Because the publisher didn’t want readers to know she’s a woman.
conversation you
B. Because she wanted to keep her real name a secret.
have just heard.
C. Because it is easier for readers to remember the pen name.
D. Because it is fashionable to write under a pen name.

2. A. They refused to buy her books.


B. They liked the books even more.
C. They didn’t mind that the writer is a woman.
D. They were angry for being fooled.

3. A. At home. B. In a café.
C. In her office. D. In a church.

4. A. It is very beautiful.
B. It is free of charge.
C. It has a different kind of noise.
D. It helps her write well.

S 89
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

emulate v. 仿效(P1) circulation n. 循环


filter v. 过滤 outrageous a. 大胆的,惊人的
counteract v. 反攻,反击 paparazzi n. 狗仔队(P3)
It girl 性感迷人或常现身主流媒体 celebrity n. 名人
及终日参加聚会的女性 unflattering n. 不讨好的,不受人喜欢的
reality TV 真人秀 compromising a. 不体面的
ER (美剧)急诊室的故事 limelight  n. 引人注目的中心
Casualty (英剧)急救室 intrusive  a. 打扰的,介入的
singular a. 非凡的(P2) intensify v. 加剧,变剧烈
mug n. 脸 gossip v. 闲谈
dominate v. 支配,占主导

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. According to the passage, what does the world spend most of the time looking at?
following questions. The world spends most of the time looking at the celebrity “elite”.
2. Suffering from the celebrity culture, what do teenage daughters want from life?
Teenage daughters want to marry or become the girlfriend of a celebrity.

S 90
Unit 7 Being Famous

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
The world spends most of the time looking at the celebrity “elite” and occasionally trying to emulate,
on a much smaller scale, what they see there. Our celebrity culture is as it is but, as a new study shows, if
it’s not filtered, it’s our teenage daughters that have the most to suffer from it, since they grow up to believe
that marrying or becoming the girlfriend of a celebrity is what they want from life. 
Undertaken by the British Girls’ School Association, on the occasion of the launch of a new site
called My Daughter, which aims to help teens deal with age-specific issues, the poll showed that wife
and girlfriends ranked the highest in terms of negative influence on youngsters. They make girls give up
academic learning, in order to aspire to, some day, become the partner of a celebrity opting for high-heels
and low IQs as a way of life.
However, given that the girls in question are surrounded almost constantly by such models from their
peers to the celebrities they so admire, it’s up to the parents to make them see the difference between the
options that are presented to them.
Other bad influences that must be counteracted by parents are the so-called “It girls” reality TV stars
and, last but not least, celebrity magazines. Nevertheless, not all television is bad television. The same poll
showed that TV shows like the long-running ER and Casualty prompt young girls to opt for a career in
medicine. 
Listening for specific information
1. Who will suffer from celebrity culture most according to the study mentioned in the passage?
2. Why does the British Girls’ School Association launch a new site called “My Daughter”?
3. Who should help girls see the difference between the options that are presented to them?
4. Which of the following items is NOT mentioned as bad influences on girls?
5. What profession are young girls encouraged to take after watching the shows ER and Casualty according
to the poll?

T 53
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Andy Warhol once said that everyone will have 15 minutes of fame. This may or may not be true,
but to achieve celebrity status and stay there, you’ll have to be persistent. Here are some things to keep in
mind.
The steps are as follows. First, have a personality, any personality. Without this, forget the rest.
Second, work on your singular talent, whether it’s cooking, acting, singing, writing, whatever. Third, try to
reach the widest possible audience. Then, get a good publicist. You must be on front pages or inner covers.
Always get a full page somewhere or a page where your mug dominates. Finally, Start anywhere and
smile. Work your way up in circulation.
There are also some tips for you to achieve celebrity. First, have a website, blog or both and network
them. Second, becoming a “low cost” celebrity can be anyone’s niche. Third, every once in a while, do
something outrageous. Fourth, try to be witty or funny at times but don’t force it if and when not natural.
But contrary to popular belief, being celebrity is not always easy. Once you are famous, your personal
life is no longer your own. Try to keep it separate as much as you can.
Listening for specific information
1. Which is the most important step in achieving celebrity status?
2. How can a good publicist help you?
3. According to the speaker, how often can you do outrageous things?
4. When should you try to be witty or funny?
5. What will happen if you are famous?

T 54
Unit 7 Being Famous

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Teenage girls. B. Teenage boys.
passage you have C. Adult women. D. Adult men.
just heard.
2. A. Raise money for the poor. B. Help teens deal with age-specific issues.
C. Help students improve their English. D. Help students hunt for jobs.

3. A. Their teachers. B. Their peers.


C. Their parents. D. All of the above.

4. A. It girls. B. Celebrity advertisements.


C. Reality TV stars. D. Celebrity magazines.

5. A. Law. B. Education.
C. Business. D. Medicine.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. The passage offers suggestions on how to become a celebrity.
following questions. 2. How many steps and tips are given? Five steps and four tips.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Talent. B. Personality.
passage you have C. A good publicist. D. Smile.
just heard.
2. A. He can help you to cook and act. B. He can help you to practice smiling.
C. He can help to put you on front pages. D. He can help to train your personality.

3. A. Seldom. B. At times.
C. Always. D. Very often.

4. A. When you feel natural B. When you are outrageous.


C. When you need to be remembered. D. When you have to force it.

S 91
Teacher’s Book

5. A. Your life will be very hard. B. Your life will be separated.


C. Your life will no longer be your own. D. You will change others’ lives.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and complete the Paparazzi are photographers who tirelessly hunt celebrities and their families.

following sentence.
Listening for specific information
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Most people need them. B. Most people want to get rid of them.
passage you have C. Most people support them. D. Most people love them.
just heard.
2. A. To annoy the celebrities and their families.
B. To satisfy most people’s curiosity.
C. To find out the truth.
D. To get the celebrities’ unflattering moments.

3. A. When the stars want to hide. B. When the paparazzi stop photographing.
C. When the paparazzi do not compromise. D. When the paparazzi are too intrusive.

4. A. Their fame. B. Their safety.


C. Their money. D. Their family.

5. A. Industries. B. Fame.
C. Hobbies. D. Family.

S 92
Unit 7 Being Famous

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Paparazzi are photographers who tirelessly hunt celebrities and their families so as to photograph
them in candid, unflattering and at times compromising moments. Some people hate them, while more
seems to need them.
To stars, in the limelight they are public figures and off-stage, their lives are private. But to the public,
both stars’ performances and their private lives are entertainment. To satisfy people’s eagerness to get a
glimpse into celebrities’ lives, the cat and mouse game between paparazzi and celebrities is played out
almost every day.
And when the paparazzi get too intrusive, conflicts between them and the stars intensify. A few
months ago, Jay Chou was chased by several paparazzi as he was driving a car with his girlfriend and the
angry Jay pushed over a reporter’s scooter.
Facing repeated offenses, some celebrities choose to endure them unless their families are also
involved.
Famous actor and Faye Wang’s husband Li Yapeng has made it clear that his family is his bottom line,
beyond which he will never compromise.
And famous Taiwan actress, singer and writer Annie Yi also says the media can gossip about her
private life and her career but bothering her little son is something she won’t stand.
But as people’s curiosity for celebrities’ lives grows, paparazzi are trying every means to hunt them
down. Besides paparazzi are just one link in a long chain that has benefited many industries. So it seems
that for celebrities, between fame and the right to privacy, they can only choose one.
Listening for specific information
1. How do most people feel about the paparazzi?
2. Why do paparazzi and celebrities play the cat and mouse game?
3. When will the conflicts between paparazzi and the stars intensify?
4. What is the bottom line for some celebrities when offended by the paparazzi?
5. According to the passage, what will the celebrities lose if they want to have the right to privacy?

T 55
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 56
Unit 7 Being Famous

Ⅲ nob
tycoon
< 英 > 上流社会人物 notorious
dog packs
臭名昭著的
企业界大亨 狗仔队
Words and higher-up 上级,大人物 Hackerazzi 黑客狗仔
Sentences tip off 爆料 tabloid 小报
resurfacing 复出 die-hard fan 铁杆粉丝
The following are
solo concert 个唱 steal the show 抢镜头
some words and
rumor 流言 flaunt 炫耀
sentences related
gossip 八卦 name-dropper 自抬身价的人
to the topic of this
blogebrity 受欢迎的博主 talent show 达人秀
unit. Recite those historical figure episode
历史人物 片段
words and you prestigious 享有声望的 sink or swim 听任沉浮,不论好歹
may n eed th e m curtain call 谢幕 hit or miss 不论成功与否
in future listening premier 首映 black case work 暗箱操作
comprehension rerun 重播 celebrity effect 明星效应
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. She loves to gossip to her neighbors.


2. He was the big shot who gave orders.
3. She found herself something of a celebrity.
4. A crime or scandal brings much notoriety to those involved in it.
5. Thomas Hanks is currently one of the most sought-after leading men in Hollywood.
6. The fans of the actress craned their necks to catch a glimpse of their idol.
7. Another symptom of how deeply Americans internalized Diana’s death and appropriated
her memory is the outrage they voiced at the paparazzi and the tabloid press in general.
8. The music of Phoenix Legend, one of the hottest pop music groups in China, has also
reached the NBA.
9. He has come down in life. He used to be treated as a VIP but is now ignored.
10. If you weep for the King of Pop Michael Jackson’s death or cry for an actor losing out on
an Oscar, you may be suffering from CWS (celebrity worship syndrome).
11. Churchill was a British statesman, best known as Prime Minister of the United Kingdom
during the Second World War.
12. Basketball star Yao Ming announced his retirement on Wednesday after a trail-blazing
career that made him China’s best-known athlete abroad and helped spur the game’s global
growth.

S 93
Teacher’s Book

13. The American Idol Show will be broadcasted on every Saturday night.
14. These purchases, which are not for practical needs, but merely to show off and gratify the
owners’ vanity, are called “face consumptions”.
15. French first lady Carla Bruni, whose celebrity romance with President Nicolas Sarkozy
sent his ratings into a tailspin, is proving a hit with the public in her new role.

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题七 新闻听力中的细节题
新闻听力中,绝大多数的题目都是针对细节进行设计的。细节题既可以要求考生
根据报道的事实在选项中重现新闻内容、查找原因、回顾地点、判断是非,也可以针
对新闻采访对象的发言提问,还可以提问某个数据的意义,甚至涉及数据计算。其中,
地点和数字相关的细节题将在其它两个专题中分别介绍,本专题不再重复论述。
细节题考查内容大致分为两大类:原文重现和原文意义重现(即对原文语句的解
释或是原文的同义改写)。下面就以 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题(以下简称《样
题》)中的短篇新闻为例,说明一下具体的考查形式和答题策略。
1. 时间题(when)
例:When did the incident occur? (《样题》第 2 题)
A. On Christmas Eve.
B. Just before midnight.
C. During a security check.
D. In the small hours of the morning.
通过查看选项,可以预测题目与时间相关,因此听力过程中要把听的重点放在录
音中提到的时间点上。有时,选项中的时间点可能在原文中都有提及,此时要在选项
后面做必要的笔记,使选项中的时间点与特定的事件对应,再根据听力问题选择正确
的选项。本题中,答案 C 对应题干中 … but it exploded during a security check。选项 A
中的 Christmas 在原文最后一句虽有出现,但与题干信息不对应。
2. 事件题(what)
例:What did Woolworths attempt to do recently? (《样题》第 4 题)
A. Expand its business beyond groceries.
B. Fire 25,000 of its current employees.
C. Cut its DVD publishing business.
D. Sell the business for one pound.
在审题时一旦发现问题为“what”类型题,就要特别关注新闻的事件信息,并将具
体事件与不同的行为主体对应。本题中,答案 D 是对原文 an attempt to sell the business

S 94
Unit 7 Being Famous

for a token £1 failed 的意义重现。


3. 原因题(why)
例:Why do customers no longer argue with new cab drivers? (《样题》第 7 题)
A. There are no more irregular practices.
B. All new cabs provide air-conditioning.
C. New cabs are all equipped with meters.
D. New legislation protects consumer rights.
在审题时一旦发现问题为“why”类型题,就要特别注意识别因果关系词,如
because, therefore, due to 等。答案 C 是对原文 because the new cabs are metered 的意义
重现。
4. 是非判断题
例:Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?(本书第
一单元第三篇新闻的第 7 题)
A. More than 8,074 adult literacy classes have been launched.
B. About 44 local government councils provide adult literacy classes in Nigeria.
C. About 403,700 people have benefited from the literacy classes.
D. There will be 90 percent adult literacy level in Nigeria by 2015.
本题答案 C 将原文“The effort is expected to reach about 403,700 people”中将要实
现的目标通过时态的变化改为已经实现的目标了。
需要注意的是,细节型题目选项的设计常“张冠李戴”,即将 A 做的事情或 A 地
发生的事情套在 B 身上。这样的选项比较具有迷惑性,建议学生在做笔记的过程中分
段记录。还有的选项“半真半假”,即部分原文内容加部分原文中并未提及的内容。
针对这样的选项,学生要注意将选项中所有关键信息点与原文对应上。还有的选项“答
非所问”,即选项中的内容是原文提及的事实,但并不是针对题目的回答。

* 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题完整内容请参阅以下网址:
http://www.cet.edu.cn/news_show17.html

S 95
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

Welcome to American Mosaic in VOA Special English. I’m Doug Johnson. This week
we listen to new music from Ben Harper and answer a listener question about the White
House. But first, a report on entertainers who (1) lend their fame and more to social, political
and environmental efforts.
Movie stars and musicians are experts at (2) getting the attention of the media and public.
More and more of these famous people are (3) using their popularity to bring attention to
humanitarian and environmental causes that are important to them. Some people say these
famous “diplomats” help to (4) humanize an issue. Mario Ritter tells us more.
Leonardo DiCaprio is best known for his roles as (5) adventurous young men in popular
movies including Titanic, The Aviator and Blood Diamond. But the thirty-four year old actor
has taken on an important role in real life as well.
About ten years ago, he created the Leonardo DiCaprio Foundation. Its aim is to
increase public awareness about environmental issues by working with other organizations.
Two years ago, DiCaprio worked on a movie called The Eleventh Hour. It is about the
damaging effects of climate change and other environmental problems (6) affecting the planet.
The actress Angelina Jolie is another famous American who has become a social
activist. Since two thousand one she has worked with the United Nations Refugee Agency
to raise public awareness about the serious problems of refugees around the world. She has
visited many countries and donated millions of dollars to help refugees and children in need.
She says that people should praise refugees for (7) what they have survived. Angelina Jolie has
been called the most respected celebrity humanitarian.
Peter Kessler works with the U.N. Refugee Agency. He believes that famous “diplomats”
help bring a human face to important causes.
“As we saw with Princess Diana when she first held the hand of an AIDS victim, it’s
spreading that message that these people are safe. They’re not a threat, they’re threatened.
And you can also (8) reach out to them in your own way. You don’t have to be a VIP
celebrity.”
Some experts say famous people may bring public awareness to an issue. But this
increased attention does not mean anything without effective action.
The actress Mia Farrow has traveled to refugee camps in Sudan more than twelve
times. She recently took action (9) in a very personal way. Mia Farrow began a hunger strike
to protest the situation of refugees in Darfur. She has written messages on her website
that describes her experience. She links her own situation with (10) the daily experience of
millions of hungry and sick refugees in Darfur.

S 96
Unit 7 Being Famous

VI Learn English Through Songs


Song The Greatest Love of All
I believe the children are our future
Teach them well and let them lead the way
The following is a
Show them all the beauty they (1) possess inside
song titled “The
Give them a sense of pride to make it easier
Greatest Love of
Let the children’s laughter remind us how we used to be
All” by Whitney
Houston. Enjoy it Everybody searching for a hero
and complete the People need someone to look up to
lyrics. I never found anyone to (2) fulfill my needs
A lonely place to be
So I learned to depend on me

I decided long ago, never to walk in anyone’s shadows


If I fail, if I (3) succeed
At least I live as I believe
No matter what they take from me
They can’t take away my (4) dignity
Because the greatest love of all
Is happening to me
I found the greatest love of all
Inside of me
The greatest love of all
Is easy to (5) achieve
Learning to love yourself
It is the greatest love of all

I believe the children are our future


Teach them well and let them lead the way
Show them all the beauty they possess inside
Give them a sense of pride to make it easier
Let the children’s laughter remind us how we used to be
And if by chance, that special place
That you’ve been dreaming of
Leads you to a lonely place
Find your strength in love

S 97
Unit 8
p l e i n t he M o
eo v ie In
P dus t r
y
Teacher’s Book

The Oscar

Pre‑listening Almost everyone has heard of the Oscar. How much do you know about it?
Activities:
Part 1
One of the most
important parts of
Oscar is the statuette. Officially named the Academy Award of Merit, the statuette is better known by its

Read the following nickname, Oscar. It honors the highest achievements in filmmaking.
passage and learn Since the initial awards banquet on May 16, 1929, in the Hollywood Roosevelt Hotel’s
s o m e t h i n g a b o u t Blossom Room, 2,809 statuettes have been presented. Each January, additional new golden
the famous Oscar statuettes are cast, molded, polished and buffed by R.S. Owens & Company.
statuette. Oscar stands 13½ inches tall and weighs in at a robust 8½ pounds. Although the statuette
remains true to its original design, the size of the base varied until 1945, when the current
standard was adopted.
While the origins of the name aren’t clear, a popular story has it that upon seeing the
trophy for the first time, Academy librarian (and eventual executive director) Margaret Herrick
remarked that it resembled her Uncle Oscar. The Academy didn’t adopt the nickname officially
until 1939, but it was widely known enough by 1934 that Hollywood columnist Sidney
Skolsky used it in a piece referring to Katharine Hepburn’s first Best Actress win.

Part 2
Whoever wins an Oscar
will give an acceptance
speech to thank the Stars’ Memorable Moment on the Acceptance Speech
others. What do those Sally Field She said, “You like me. Right now, you really like
me.”
famous stars usually
do or say? Listen to Jack Palance He did push-ups.
the following passage Roberto Benigni He decided to walk on the chairs instead of the steps
to get the stage.
and try to complete the
following list. Greer Garson He held the record for the longest acceptance speech
in history.

S 100
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Whoever wins an Oscar will give an acceptance speech to thank the others. What do those famous
stars usually do or say? Listen to the following passage and try to complete the following list.
Those who win an Oscar enter into a whole new competition when they give their acceptance speech:
As if walking away with a little gold man wasn’t enough of a feat, they must then make — at the very least —
an acceptable acceptance speech in which they remember to thank all the important people.
But of course, it’s better to be memorable.
When Sally Field won for Best Actress in Places in the Heart in 1984, she said, “You like me. Right
now, you really like me.”
Everyone loved that speech. Sometimes, it’s actions, not words, that make the speech more
memorable.
Jack Palance did push-ups when he won Best Supporting Actor for City Slickers in 1993.
But no one can top Roberto Benigni, who in 1999 turned his acceptance speech for “Life is Beautiful”
into a virtual Olympic event by deciding to walk on the chairs instead of the steps to get on the stage.
A brief speech is always appreciated by the producers, who will start to play music during the longer
ones to try to rush things along.
Greer Garson holds the record for the longest acceptance speech in history, going more than five
minutes after picking up a statue for her role in 1942’s Mrs. Miniver.

TE
NO

T 57
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
A man shot a police officer in Philadelphia on Thursday and said he did it to support the Islamic
State terror group. Officer Jesse Hartnett was hit multiple times after a 30-year-old man fired 13 shots
into his vehicle. Hartnett was wounded, but managed to return fire, striking the attacker multiple times.
Hartnett is expected to recover. He was shot three times in the arm. The shooter was captured later by other
Philadelphia officers. Police released images from a security video showing the shooter taking aim at the
police officer who sat in his police car. Police commissioner Richard Ross said “it’s amazing he’s alive.”
Police Captain James Clark says after the shooter was captured, he pledged his allegiance to the Islamic
State terror group. Hartnett will require multiple surgeries to repair his gunshot wounds. But Ross says “this
could easily have been a police funeral.”
Questions:
1. Why did the man shoot the police officer?
2. Where was the police officer when he was shot by the man?

News Item Two


Scientists say a huge percentage of bird species are in danger because their habitats, or homelands,
are disappearing. Traditional migration paths take birds through countries that are not protecting locations
to stop, rest and feed. The scientists studied the migration, or flight paths, of almost 1,500 species. They
decided that 91 percent of them passed through dangerous areas. The major danger for migratory birds
is development. Building and paving has covered over nature where birds stop and feed as they move
from one part of the world to another. For example, a bird called the bar-tailed godwit migrates from
its breeding grounds in the Arctic. It flies all the way to the southern hemisphere in Australia and New
Zealand. Along the way, the small birds stop at Yellow Sea mudflats in China, North Korea and South
Korea.
Questions:
1. Which of the following is the major danger for migratory birds?
2. Which of the following countries is NOT a stop of bar-tailed godwits during their migration?

T 58
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd e rs tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Philadelphia 费城(美国城市)(I1) crude oil 原油(I3)


commissioner n. (警察局)局长 lift v. 结束,停止
pledge v. 保证,发誓 Arab Oil Embargo 阿拉伯石油禁运
allegiance n. 效忠,忠诚 cartel n. 企业联合
habitat n. 栖息地(I2) soar v. 高涨,猛增
migratory a. 迁移的 skyrocket v. 飞涨
bar-tailed godwit 斑尾鹬 Gale Encyclopedia of U.S. Economic History
hemisphere n. 半球 盖尔美国经济史百科全书
mudflat n. 泥滩

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. He was a member of an Islamic State terror group.
on the following B. He wanted to show support to the Islamic State terror group.
news item. C. He suffered from a mental illness.
D. He was captured by the police officer before.

2. A. On the street. B. In his car.


C. In the hospital. D. At the funeral.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. The lack of water. B. The shortage of food.
on the following C. The change of climate. D. Fewer places to stop and feed.
news item.

S 101
Teacher’s Book

2. A. China. B. Japan.
C. North Korea. D. South Korea.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. Four years ago. B. In 1970.
on the following C. In 1973. D. In 1975.
news item.
2. A. To lower the price of oil worldwide.
B. To raise the price of oil worldwide.
C. To punish the U.S. over its financial support for Israel.
D. To punish the U.S. over its military support for Israel.

3. A. There was a drop in demand for oil.


B. Many countries looked to alternative energy sources.
C. Oil-producing nations outside the Middle East reduced their production.
D. Oil-producing nations outside the Middle East relied more on domestic supply.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

X-rated (青少年禁看的)X 级片(C1) Orson Welles 奥逊 • 威尔斯(C2)


R-rated (一定年龄以下的少儿除有家长 doer n. 行动者
陪同外不得观看的)R 级片
PG (paternal guidance) 宜在家长指导下观
看的电影

S 102
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

News Item Three


The U.S. made its first export of crude oil in four decades last Thursday. The exports were banned in
the mid-1970s. That ban was lifted a few weeks ago. The Arab Oil Embargo began in 1973. Arab nations
who produce oil dramatically limited their shipments to the U.S. This was done to punish the U.S. over its
military support for Israel.The Arab cartel later expanded the embargo to other countries, and oil prices
soared worldwide. By 1974, the price of oil had risen from $3 per barrel to nearly $12 globally. U.S. prices
were much higher. The embargo had many short-and long-term effects on global politics and the global
economy.The skyrocketing prices led to a drop in demand for oil. Countries looked to alternative energy
sources such as natural gas, nuclear energy and coal, says the Gale Encyclopedia of U.S. Economic
History. Oil-producing nations outside the Middle East increased their production and relied more on
domestic supply. “The embargo set U.S. energy policy on a path that still guides us 40 years later,” wrote
Robert Rapier in an article on the website Oilprice.com. That website reports oil and energy news.
Questions:
1. When did the Arab Oil Embargo begin?
2. Why did Arab nations dramatically limit their shipments of crude oil to the U.S.?
3. Which of the following statements is NOT the effect of Arab Oil Embargo?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
M: Did you hear that Betty almost lost her job?
W: You mean the part-time job?
M: Yes, she takes care of the Smiths’ children when their mother is sick. Mrs. Smith hasn’t been well lately
and Mr. Smith is quite busy.
W: What happened? Why did Betty almost lose her job?
M: Well, there was a children’s movie at the neighborhood theater last Saturday. It was one of those G
movies, for general audiences. When they got to the theater, they found that the G movie wasn’t there
anymore. The theater was showing an X-rated movie called Girls.
W: X-rated movies are really bad, aren’t they? They’re even worse than R-rated ones.
M: Yes, R-rated movies mean restricted movies and teenagers aren’t supposed to see. If children under the
age of 13 go to the PG13 movies, they should go together with parents and should be guided by their
parents. But Betty didn’t know what X meant, and she thought a movie called Girls would be fine for
little girls.

T 59
Teacher’s Book

W: Did the theater let her in?


M: No, but Betty tried to make them let her in. The manager had to call Mrs. Smith. That’s how she almost
lost her job.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What is Betty’s part-time job?
2. Why did Betty almost lose her job?
3. What kind of movie is for general audiences?
4. How did Mrs. Smith know Betty intend to take her children to watch an X-rated movie?
5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

Conversation Two
W: My friends have compared my film to the best of Orson Welles’ works. How can you criticize it?
M: You... Welles? I, well, um, I appreciate your confidence in yourself. But you do know who Welles was,
right?
W: Nah. I don’t watch films by British directors.
M: You really don’t know who Welles was at all! Welles was American! Do you even pay attention to my
lectures?
W: I don’t listen to people talk about films; I make films. I’m a doer.
M: You really have to pay attention from now on. Welles first became famous on the radio especially for
his reading of War of the Worlds in 1938. Three years later, he made his first movie, Citizen Kane, in
1941. Other films of his include The Magnificent Ambersons in 1942 and The Lady from Shanghai in
1948. People consider Kane to be his best film.
W: That must be the one that looks like my film.
M: People consider it not only his best film, but the best film in movie industry. Do you really think your
film is that good?
W: My mom seems to think so.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Who is Orson Welles according to the conversation?
2. When did Orson Welles make his first film?
3. Which of the following was considered the best film made by Orson Welles?
4. Which of the following statements about the woman is TRUE according to the conversation?

T 60
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Teaching English. B. Selling books.
conversation you C. Cleaning the house. D. Taking care of children.
have just heard.
2. A. Because the children she was taking care of were sick.
B. Because the children she was taking care of were badly treated.
C. Because she took the children to see an X-rated movie called Girls.
D. Because she took the children to see a R-rated movie called Girls.

3. A. X-rated movies. B. G movies.


C. R-rated movies. D. PG 13 movies.

4. A. The children told her. B. The manager of the theater told her.
C. Betty told her. D. She saw them in the theater.

5. A. Mr. Smith is sick and Mrs. Smith is busy.


B. Betty took Smiths’ children to see a movie last Saturday.
C. R-rated movies are worse than X-rated ones.
D. Children can go to the X-rated movies under the presence of their parents.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. He is a British director. B. He is an American director.
conversation you
C. He is a friend of the man. D. He is giving a lecture on how to make a film.
have just heard.
2. A. In 1938. B. In 1941.
C. In 1942. D. In 1968.

3. A. War of the Worlds. B. Citizen Kane.


C. The Magnificent Ambersons. D. The Lady from Shanghai.

4. A. She admired Orson Welles very much.


B. She loves to talk about films with friends.
C. She loves to make films.
D. Her friends think highly of her films.

S 103
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

persona n. 人物角色(P1) accomplishment n. 成就 (P2)


transition v. 过渡;转变 commercially  ad. 商业
mega-star 超级巨星 flesh out 充实,丰富 (P3)
debut n. 首次演出 highest-grossing a. 票房收入最高的

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and answer the 1. Who is Will Smith?
following questions. Will Smith is an American actor, producer and singer.
2. What does his wife do?
His wife is a successful actress.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. At a theater. B. At a bus station.
passage you have C. At a party. D. At his friend’s wedding ceremony.
just heard.
2. A. In 1889. B. In 1989. C. In 1998. D. In 1949.

3. A. The Fresh Prince of Bel Air. B. Bad Boys.


C. Independence Day. D. The Karate Kid.

S 104
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
Will Smith is an American actor, producer and singer. He was born on the 25th September 1968 in
Philadelphia. Pursuing music in his early career, Smith teamed up with Jeffrey A. Townes, whom he met
at a party. However it wasn’t until in 1989 that he switched his career to TV. Nearing bankruptcy, Will
Smith became his own persona in the 6-year sitcom The Fresh Prince of Bel Air that first aired in 1990.
From then on, Smith transitioned from the series to major movies. As his popularity exploded, Smith was
offered a major role in Bad Boys directed by Michael Bay. The action-packed cop adventure was a hit, and
in 1996 Smith became a mega-star.
Today, Will Smith is considered one of the highest paid actors in Hollywood earning at least $20
million a movie. Most of his onscreen outings have been major blockbusters. Smith’s wife is also a
successful actress and has been in the limelight for many years. Most recently, Will Smith’s son, Jaden
Smith, made his debut in The Karate Kid alongside Jackie Chan. The movie grossed more than $50 million
at the U.S box office in its first week.
Listening for specific information
1. Where did Will Smith meet Jeffery A. Townes?
2. When did Will Smith begin his career as an actor?
3. Which movie helped make Will Smith a mega-star?
4. How much does Will Smith earn for one movie?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 61
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
Once nobody would imagine that a Chinese-language kung-fu film would win the heart of mainstream
America and also sweep up many of Hollywood’s most important awards. But it proves that Crouching
Tiger, Hidden Dragon is not an ordinary martial arts movie. The amazing story of high-flying fighters from
director Ang Lee is proved to be a great accomplishment in his life, from Lee’s youth as the quiet son of a
middle-class family to a master of different film styles. Although Lee ever said “I hope I can live 300 years,
and I can try all the film styles and mix them and twist them and learn about them”. In fact, to make a
martial arts film was a part of his childhood dream. For his great love for Chinese tradition and culture, he
expressed the theme very well. As a result, Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon was the most commercially
successful foreign-language film ever made. Meanwhile, he has also won over the heart of audiences
around the world.
Lee was considered to have a unique sensibility. According to some critics, Lee is able to remake his
style for each movie to suit the story of that movie. Somehow he keeps down his own personality in his
movies. He was so modest that he could direct actors to meet the needs from each movie very well. In this
way, he made another achievement — won the 2005 Best Director Academy of Award.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, which of the following statements about Crouching Tiger, Hidden Dragon is
TRUE?
2. What kind of family was Ang Lee born in?
3. Why could Ang Lee express the theme of his films so well?
4. Which of the following is NOT correct in describing Ang Lee’s personality?
5. What award did Ang Lee win in 2005?

T 62
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

4. A. At most 20 million. B. At most 12 million.


C. At least 20 million. D. At least 12 million.

5. A. Will Smith pursued music in his early career.


B. Will Smith is considered one of the highest paid actors in Hollywood
C. Will Smith’s wife has been in the limelight for many years.
D. Will Smith’s son, Jaden Smith, earned $50 million in his first movie.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and answer the 1. Is it easy for a Chinese-language kung-fu film to win the heart of mainstream America?
following questions. No, it is very hard and nobody would imagine that.
2. Why was Lee considered to have a unique sensibility?
Because Lee is able to remake his style for each movie to suit the story of that movie.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. It only won the heart of the Chinese people.
passage you have B. It is an ordinary martial arts movie.
just heard. C. It won the heart of audiences around the world.
D. It wasn’t a commercially successful film.

2. A. A middle-class family. B. A working-class family.


C. A rich family. D. A single-parent family.

3. A. Because he is good at expressing himself.


B. Because he likes the audiences.
C. Because of his great love for Chinese tradition and culture.
D. Because of his fame and status.

4. A. Sensitive. B. Modest. C. Quiet. D. Selfish.

5. A. Best Actor. B. Best Director.


C. Best Costume Designer. D. Best Film.

S 105
Teacher’s Book

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. When is Joanne Rowling’s birthday?
following questions. July 31.
2. How much money did the four Harry Potter films make altogether?
3.47 billion.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. In 1968. B. In 1996.
passage you have C. In 1986. D. In 1969.
just heard.
2. A. She wanted to be a secretary.
B. She wanted to teach English.
C. She wanted to write.
D. She wanted to be a movie star.

3. A. In 1986. B. In 1919.
C. In 1990. D. In 1991.

4. A. In her bathroom. B. In her office.


C. In her kitchen. D. On a delayed train.

5. A. Since she left England, Rowling stopped writing Harry’s story for a while.
B. The Harry Potter books have been translated into more than 60 languages.
C. It has been estimated that 300 copies of Harry Potter books have been sold around the
world.
D. All Harry Potter books written by Rowling have been made into animated movies.

S 106
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Joanne Rowling, author of the best-selling Harry Potter series of books, was born in southwest
England. Her birthday, as true Harry Potter fans know, is July 31, the same as her famous boy-wizard hero.
She earned her degree in 1986 and over the next several years worked as a secretary. What she really
wanted to do, however, was writing. Rowling wrote her first story, Rabbit at age five or six. Later, she tried
her hand at writing novels for adults. But she never finished writing any novel before she wrote the Harry
Potter books.
Rowling started writing the first Harry Potter book in 1990. The idea for Harry came to Rowling while
she was on a delayed train between Manchester and London. Although she left England a short time later to
teach English in Portugal, Rowling continued to flesh out Harry’s story.
The Harry Potter books have been translated into more than 60 languages, and it has been estimated
that more than 300 million copies have been sold around the world. The first four books have been made
into films: Sorcerer’s Stone made more than $950 million; Chamber of Secrets, more than $850 million;
Prisoner of Azkaban, more than $780 million; and Goblet of Fire, more than $890 million. All four are
among the top twenty highest-grossing films of all time.
Listening for specific information
1. When did Joanne Rowling earn her degree?
2. What did Joanne Rowling really want to do when she worked as a secretary?
3. When did Rowling start writing the first Harry Potter book?
4. Where did Joanne Rowling get her idea for Harry Potter?
5. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage?

T 63
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 64
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Ⅲ documentary
swordsmen film
纪录片
武侠片
plot
visual effects
情节
视觉特效
Words and serial 系列片 shooting angle 拍摄角度
Sentences filmmaking 电影制作 production director 监制
caption 字幕 film editor 电影剪辑师
The following are camera work 摄影 adapted screenplay 改编剧本

some words and scenery 布景 make-up artist 化妆师


original score 原创音乐 studio 摄影棚
sentences related
circular-screen movie 环幕电影 props master 道具师
to the topic of this
banned film 禁映影片 costume design 服装设计
unit. Recite those
arts direction 艺术指导 censor’s certificate 审查级别
words and you
hero/heroine 男 / 女主人公 actors cast 演员阵容
may need them
leading character 主角 panoramic screen 宽屏
in future listening
supporting character 配角 cinematography 电影艺术
comprehension
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. Amadeus is a big hit on both stage and screen.


2. Well, I know he is more popular since he started doing action movies. But I always think
he should be a comic actor.
3. The new James Bond picture is going to be a real blockbuster.
4. The films of Chaplin have become a cult among many movie-goers.
5. He was Hollywood’s current gold-plated box-office guarantee.
6. The play had its smash premiere.
7. Nearly 3 million Chinese paid to watch The Founding of a Party, an epic film marking the
90th anniversary of the founding of the Communist Party of China.
8. There was no division between the cast and the crew on this film, and that’s what made it so special.
9. The movie has something for any Hong Kong cinephile.
10. I’m very lucky to have been given the role by David Hare.
11. Fans have waited a long time to see Harry Potter’s kiss on the big screen.
12. The production company confirmed that they are planning to shoot parts of the movie in
India but did not elaborate further.
13. This newly-made film has been remarked upon by many critics.
14. Not only is Avatar the most successful motion picture of all time, it’s also one of the most
technically impressive.
15. I want to acknowledge my fellow nominees, these goddesses.

S 107
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题八 新闻听力中的地点场景题
地点场景题在新闻听力考试中十分常见。即使题目并不针对其出题,依然可以通过
新闻中出现的地点做出正确的判断。
以 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题第一题为例:
A. Christmas-time attacks made by Somali rebels.
B. An explosion at a bus station in central Nairobi.
C. The killing of more than 70 Ugandans in Kampala.
D. Blasts set off by a Somali group in Uganda’s capital.
Question 1: What is the news report mainly about?
从原文的第一句话中我们可以找到答案:Kenyan police say one person was killed and
26 injured in an explosion at a bus station in central Nairobi. (译文:肯尼亚警方表示,内
罗毕中部一个巴士停车场发生爆炸,造成 1 人死亡,26 人受伤)因此答案为 B。虽然本
题是针对文章的主旨进行提问,但是只要听到 central Nairobi,依然可以判断正确。
在英语新闻听力中,地点场景题具有以下特点:
1. 选项的特点
(1)涉及一个地点;
(2)以名词或 –ing 形式陈述这个地点发生了什么事。
2. 问题的特点
以 What, Where 等形式提问,例如 What is the news report mainly about? 或 Where
did the earthquake take place?
3. 开门见山
英语新闻往往在第一句话中集中交代最重要的信息,如时间、地点、人物、事件,
接下来则是对于重要细节进行分述性信息陈述,地点场景的相关信息也常出现在这一部
分,学生要特别注意将文中提及的多个地点与具体事件对应上。下面通过本套丛书中的
英语新闻练习一下。
例:What is the news report mainly about? (News Item One, Unit Nine, Book I)
A. A tourist attack made by rebel groups in Iran.
B. An explosion on a bus in Pakistan town of Peshawar.
C. A killing of 30 civilians in Pakistan.
D. A conflict between the police and the Taliban.
从新闻的第一句话“A bomb exploded on a crowded bus Wednesday in the northwestern
Pakistan town of Peshawar”我们了解到这段新闻的主题是巴基斯坦发生的爆炸事件,通
过识别 Pakistan 和 Peshawar,可以判断 B 为正确答案。因此,事件的发生地往往在新闻

S 108
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

的首句便会告知。
例:Where did the earthquake take place? (News Item Three, Unit Nine, Book I)
A. In south-central Alaska, America.
B. In the seas of Indonesia.
C. In Tangshan, a city of China.
D. In a northern island of Japan.
新闻首句为:“A magnitude‑7.1 earthquake shook south‑central Alaska Sunday.”(星期
日,阿拉斯加中南部发生了 7.1 级地震),本句为整个新闻的主题句。接下来的新闻内
容是对这次地震的具体细节展开,如地震所造成的人员伤亡、财产损失情况等等,因
此答案为 A。
由此可见,在面对新闻听力地点场景题时,一定要重点把握首句。当然,与题目
相关的地点词汇也可能在首句后的陈述中提及。

* 2016 年大学英语四级考试听力样题完整内容请参阅以下网址:
http://www.cet.edu.cn/news_show17.html

S 109
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is In The News, in VOA Special English.


Hollywood is making final preparations for its biggest night of the year. The Academy
Awards show takes place on Sunday. The awards, known as Oscars, are the American film
industry’s (1) highest honors.
The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences (2) organizes the event each
year. The Academy has almost six thousand members. They work in the film industry as
actors, writers, directors and so on. Members from each group choose their group’s award
nominees. All Academy members take part in choosing the nominees for Best Picture.
The nominations for the eighty-fourth Academy Awards were announced last month.
There are five nominees each for (3) best actor and best actress. There are nine nominees for
best picture.
Hugo leads all films with eleven nominations, including best picture. The film is set in
nineteenth century Paris. It tells the story of a boy who lives hidden inside a train station and
(4) keeps its clocks working.
The Artist is a (5) French-made silent film about old time Hollywood. It tells about an
actor who loses popularity with the end of silent films. The Artist received ten nominations,
including best actor for its star, Jean DuJardin.
Movies from five nations (6) are competing for the Best Foreign Language Oscar this
year.
“Will you come?” asks the wife. “No, I will not.” he says. She wants to leave Iran. He
wants to stay.
That is a scene from the film A Separation. Writer and Director Asghar Farhadi has
collected many awards for the film, including a Golden Globe.
American George Clooney has been nominated for best actor for his starring role in the
film The Descendants. Mr. Clooney was also nominated for his work on the screenplay for
The Ides of March.
Octavia Spencer received a (7) best supporting actress nomination for her work in The
Help. The film tells the story of African-Americans who worked for whites in the American
south during the nineteen sixties. The actress says she is excited about the awards ceremony.
“This is my first time to the party, and I’m going to enjoy every aspect of it. So I am.
This smile is real.”
Earlier this month, the Academy recognized some of the inventors and engineers who
make movies possible.
One award went to Uwe Weber. He and Jurgen Noffke were honored for creating

S 110
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

sensitive low-distortion lenses. These devices helped (8) to make the imaginary world seen in
the Lord of the Rings movies.
Bob Nettmann and his team were honored for creating stabilizers for cameras and
special lenses for shooting while moving. The Academy said the lenses made it possible to
shoot movies from helicopters, cars and boats.
Finally, Jonathan Erland (9) received a special medal for his service to the film industry.
He says (10) digital technology provides new ways to make and watch movies, even on
computers and mobile devices. However, he says he still likes to watch them the traditional
way — in a theater.
“Even though we have lots of ways to look at movies at home, the preferred way is still
to go to a theater just the way we’ve been doing it for 100 years.”
And that’s In The News, in VOA Special English. I’m Steve Ember.

S 111
Teacher’s Book

VI Learn English Through Movies


Movie
Announcer on TV: (French Accent) Although each of the world’s countries would like to
The following is an
dispute this fact, we French know the truth: The best food in the world is made in France.
episode from the
The best food in France is made in Paris. And the best food in Paris, some say, is made
movie “Ratatouille".
by Chef Auguste Gusteau. Gusteau’s restaurant is the (1) toast of Paris, booked five
Enjoy it and complete
months in advance. And his dazzling ascent to the top of fine French cuisine has made
the lines.
his competitors envious. He is the youngest chef ever to achieve a five-star rating. Chef
Gusteau’s cookbook, Anyone Can Cook! climbed to the top of the bestseller list. But not
everyone celebrates its success.
Ego: Amusing title, Anyone Can Cook! What’s even more amusing is that Gusteau actually
seems to believe it. I, on the other hand, take cooking (2) seriously. And, no, I don’t think
anyone can do it.
Remy: This is me. I think it’s apparent I need to rethink my life a little bit. What’s my
problem? First of all, I’m a rat. Which means life is hard. And second, I have a highly
developed sense of taste and smell. Flour, eggs, sugar, vanilla bean... Oh! Small twist of
lemon.
Emile: Whoa, you can smell all that? You have a gift.
Remy: This is Emile, my brother. He’s easily impressed.
Dad: So you can smell ingredients? So what?
Remy: This is my dad. He’s never impressed. He also happens to be the leader of our clan.
So, what’s wrong with having (3) highly developed senses?
Remy: Whoa, whoa, whoa! Don’t eat that!
Dad: What’s going on here?
Remy: Turns out that funny smell was rat poison. Suddenly, Dad didn’t think my (4) talent
was useless. I was feeling pretty good about my gift, until Dad gave me a job.
Remy: Clean. Clean. That’s right. Poison checker. Cleanerific. Cleanerino. Close to
godliness. Which means clean. You know, cleanliness is close to... Never mind. Move on.
Well, it made my dad proud.
Dad: Now, don’t you feel better, Remy? You’ve helped a noble cause.
Remy: Noble? We’re thieves, Dad. And what we’re stealing is, let’s face it, garbage.
Dad: It isn’t stealing if no one wants it.
Remy: If no one wants it, why are we stealing it?

S 112
Unit 8 People in the Movie Industry

Dad: Let’s just say we have different points of (5) view.


Remy: This much I knew: If you are what you eat, then I only want to eat the good stuff. But
to my dad...
Dad: Food is (6) fuel. You get picky about what you put in the tank, your engine is gonna die.
Now shut up and eat your garbage.
Remy: Look, if we’re going to be thieves, why not steal the good stuff in the kitchen, where
nothing is poisoned?
Dad: First of all, we are not thieves. Secondly, stay out of the kitchen and away from the
humans. It’s (7) dangerous.
Remy: I know I’m supposed to hate humans, but there’s something about them. They don’t
just (8) survive. They discover, they create. I mean, just look at what they do with food.
Gusteau on TV: How can I describe it? Good food is like music you can taste, color you can
smell. There is (9) excellence all around you. You need only be (10) aware to stop and savor
it.
Remy: Oh, Gusteau was right. Oh, mmm, yeah. Oh, amazing. Each flavor was totally unique.
But combine one flavor with another, and something new was created. So now I had a
secret life.

S 113
Unit 9
o p i n g Yo u r Own
ve l F
De as hi
on St
yle
Teacher’s Book

The Company of Nike



Pre‑listening Nike, Inc. produces a wide range of sportswear and sports equipment. It has
Activities: contracted with more than 700 shops around the world. Finish the following two
activities and you may know more about Nike.

Part 1
Read the following
passage and know
Nike, Inc. is a major publicly traded sportswear and equipment supplier based in the
something about the
United States. The company is headquartered near Beaverton, Oregon, which is part of the
company of Nike.
Portland metropolitan area. It is the world’s leading supplier of athletic shoes and clothing,
and a major manufacturer of sports equipment with revenue in excess of $18.6 billion in its
fiscal year 2008 (ending May 31, 2008). As of 2008, it employed more than 30,000 people
worldwide. Nike sponsors many high profile athletes and sports teams around the world,
with the highly recognized trademarks of “Just do it” and the Swoosh (嗖的一声) logo.
The company was founded on January 25, 1964 as Blue Ribbon Sports by Bill
Bowerman and Philip Knight, and officially became Nike, Inc. in 1978. The company takes
its name from Nike, the Greek goddess of victory. In addition to manufacturing sportswear
and equipment, the company operates retail stores under the Niketown name.

Part 2
The Swoosh logo of
Nike is very famous,
but do you know who The Swoosh Logo of Nike
designed the logo? Who is the designer of the logo? Carolyn Davidson
Listen to the following When did she design the logo? 1971
passage and complete How much did she bill the company? $35
the form.
What did Knight present her when a diamond ring and an undisclosed amount of Nike
she left the company? stock
When did she retire? 2000

S 116
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
The Swoosh logo of Nike is very famous, but do you know who designed the logo? Listen to the
following passage and complete the form.
Carolyn Davidson is a graphic designer best known as the creator of the Nike “Swoosh”. Davidson
designed the Swoosh in 1971. Phil Knight, who was teaching an accounting class at the university, noticed
Davidson working on an assignment, and asked her to do some work for what was then Blue Ribbon
Sports, Inc. Needing to choose a logo in order to meet looming production deadlines, Knight settled on the
Swoosh, after rejecting various other designs.
For her services, she billed the company $35. The Swoosh became an instantly-recognizable insignia
for Nike around the world, and Davidson continued working for what is now Nike, Inc. Although Davidson
left Nike in September 1983, Knight invited her to a company lunch. There, he presented her with a
diamond ring engraved with the swoosh, and an undisclosed amount of Nike stock. Of the gift, Davidson
says, “this was something rather special for Phil to do, because I originally billed him and he paid that
invoice.”
Davidson retired in 2000, and now engages in hobbies and volunteer work, including weekly duties at
the Ronald McDonald House at Legacy Emanuel Hospital & Health Center.

T E
NO

T 65
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
St. Patrick’s Day is Thursday, but some Americans started celebrating two weeks ago. The city of
Alexandrian, Virginia, held its annual St. Patrick’s Day Parade on March 5. So did three cities in New
Jersey. The holiday is a big deal in America and not only for the 33.1 million Americans who claim Irish
ancestry. Many non-Irish Americans will join Irish friends in wearing green clothes on Thursday. Many
will lift a mug of Guinness, the famous Irish beer.
At a Washington, D.C. luncheon this week, President Barack Obama made a note of how big St.
Patrick’s Day has become. “Most folks who celebrate it aren’t Irish either.” The holiday honors Saint
Patrick, the patron saint of Ireland. Patrick lived in the 5th century. He was taken by pirates and kept as a
slave in Ireland. After he escaped, he was trained as a priest before returning to Ireland.
Questions:
1. What is the news report mainly about?
2. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?

News Item Two


For the refugees living in a camp along the border of Greece and Macedonia, each day begins with
hope. The refugees hope that the Macedonians will open the border. They hope that it won’t rain. They
hope that they have enough food. Hope is what brings between 500 and 1,000 new refugees to the area
every day. The refugees’ hopes were high last week. The refugees said they believed a meeting between
the European Union and Turkish leaders would bring good news. Few of the nearly 16,000 refugees living
in the camp understand that the EU and Turkey have reached a limited agreement. The EU will take one
Syrian refugee from Turkey for each Syrian refugee that Turkey takes from Greece. EU leaders will meet
soon to discuss the plan. The plan has angered UN refugee chiefs and human rights groups. The UN’s
refugee agency said a blanket return may violate international law.
Questions:
1. How many new refugees come to the border of Greece and Macedonia every day?
2. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the news?

T 66
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 U nd e rs tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two
or three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

St. Patrick’s Day 圣帕特里克节(美)(I1) Macedonia 马其顿共和国(I2)


Alexandrian 亚历山大市(美国弗吉尼亚州 blanket a. 全面的,无一例外的
城市) mosque n. 清真寺(I3)
ancestry n. 血统 Maiduguri 迈杜古里(尼日利亚城市)
Guinness 吉尼斯(著名啤酒品牌) detonate v. 引爆,(使)爆炸
patron n. 守护神 Boko Haram 博科圣地(恐怖组织)

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. An old city in America. B. A traditional holiday.
on the following C. A historic event. D. A political parade.
news item.
2. A. St. Patrick’s Day honors Saint Patrick.
B. Patrick lived in the 5th century.
C. Patrick was kept as a slave in Ireland.
D. When he returned to Ireland, Patrick was trained as a priest.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. Between 500 and 1,000. B. Between 1,600 and 1,800.
on the following C. Between 5,000 and 10,000. D. Between 16,000 and 18,000.
news item.
2. A. Most refugees understood the EU and Turkey have reached a limited agreement.
B. The EU will take one Syrian refugee from Turkey for each Syrian refugee that Turkey
takes from the EU.

S 117
Teacher’s Book

C. UN refugee chiefs and human rights groups supported the plan.


D. The plan may violate international law according to the UN’s refugee agency.

N ews Item 3
1. A. They were male. B. They were female.
C. They were children. D. They were old people.

2. A. They were attending a wedding. B. They were attending a funeral.


C. They were praying. D. They were celebrating a victory.

3. A. No group or person claimed responsibility for the bomb attacks.


B. Maiduguri is regarded as the birthplace of Boko Haram.
C. Maiduguri is a frontline of the terror group.
D. Boko Haram often stages attacks in the area of Maiduguri.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

diva n. 女主角(C1) pin-striped a. 有条纹的


zone out 不关心、失去兴趣 stand out 突出
peach n. 桃红色 shade n. (色彩的)深浅,色度
blazer n. 运动夹克 subtle a. 不明显的
cashmere blend 羊绒混纺(C2)

S 118
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

News Item Three


The suicide bombing attack of a mosque near Maiduguri, Nigeria, killed at least 22 people and
wounded 17 Wednesday. The two bombers were female, according to the Associated Press. One detonated
a bomb inside, reports said. The second bomber waited outside and exploded her bomb while those at
prayer tried to escape. Sources say the blast took place early in the morning. Boko Haram, an African
Islamic militant group, is known to use girls and women as suicide bombers, sometimes detonating
the bombs remotely. One man escaped the destruction because he was late for prayer. Umar Usman
saw what happened outside of the mosque. “We were just a few meters away from the mosque when a
loud bang erupted,” he said. All we could see was dark smoke and bodies littered around.” No group or
person claimed responsibility for the violence. Maiduguri is seen as the birthplace of Boko Haram and a
frontline for fighting the terror group. Boko Haram often stages attacks and suicide bombings in the area of
Maiduguri.
Questions:
1. What do we know about the two suicide bombers from the news report?
2. What were people doing in the mosque when the explosion happened?
3. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the news?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: Paul, thanks for taking me to see The Devil Wears Prada tonight. That was a great movie. I really
enjoyed it!
M: I thought you would, Christine. You’re so into fashion magazines, I figured you’d like this film.
W: I especially liked the character that Meryl Streep played. She was such a diva, but it was hard not to
admire her devotion to her job.
M: Yeah, and some parts of the film were pretty cool.
W: Such as?
M: I really got into the scene where her character explains how the color a designer chooses to emphasize
one season a year later becomes “the” color that everyone wears.
W: Yeah, that was interesting.
M: I usually zone out when it comes to fashion, but I have noticed in stores like Giordano, that one year
it seems like everything will be, maybe, different shades of peach and the next year, you can’t find
anything in peach.

T 67
Teacher’s Book

W: For sure. I know a woman who became an officer in a club in college and they wanted all the officers
to wear a gray skirt and navy blue blazer as a uniform for official functions. The organization provided
the blazer, but she had to buy her own skirt. She spent months looking for one! But gray wasn’t an “in”
color that year and she finally had to settle for buying one at a second-hand shop.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. What movie did they see?
2. What kind of character did Meryl Streep play?
3. Is the man interested in fashion?
4. What should the officer wear as a uniform?
5. In the sentence “But gray wasn’t an ‘in’ color that year”, what does the word “in” mean?

Conversation Two
M: Can you help me pick out some fabric for a suit? I’m going to get one made for a friend’s wedding.
W: Sure. What kind of material do you want the suit to be made from?
M: It depends on the price, but I was thinking of getting a wool and cashmere blend.
W: That will probably be quite expensive, but the more you pay for the fabric, the longer it’ll last and the
better it’ll look. What color do you want the suit to be?
M: I was thinking of a brown pin-striped suit.
W: Brown, huh? Isn’t that a bit dull?
M: Haven’t you heard? Brown is the new black.
W: Why don’t you just get black? Black suits are always fashionable and can be worn for anything — a
funeral, a wedding, a job interview — anything!
M: That may be true, but black is so boring. Anyway, I already have three black suits. I might as well get a
suit that stands out from the rest.
W: Here are two different shades of brown. Which one do you prefer?
M: I like the one on the left, but I don’t like the pattern on it. It’s too much. I want a pattern that’s a bit
subtler.
W: How about this one?
M: I think that will do. Let’s go talk to the tailor about getting it made.
W: OK, let’s go.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why does the man want to make a suit?
2. What kind of material does the man want the suit to be made from?
3. What color does the man prefer for his suit?
4. What do we learn about the man from the conversation?

T 68
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Transformers. B. Gone with the Wind.
conversation you C. The Devil Wears Prada. D. Kung Fu Panda.
have just heard.

2. A. A woman who doesn’t like her job. B. A woman who devotes to her job.
C. A worker who works in the cinema. D. A designer who has a bad taste in fashion.

3. A. Yes. He is interested in fashion. B. No. He isn’t interested in fashion.


C. Yes. He likes fashion magazines. D. No. He hates fashionable things.

4. A. A gray blazer and navy blue skirt. B. A gray blouse and navy blue trousers.
C. A gray skirt and navy blue blazer. D. A navy blue skirt and gray blazer.

5. A. Plain. B. Colorful.
C. Out-of-date. D. Fashionable.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. For a funeral. B. For a job interview.
conversation you
C. For a wedding. D. For a business meeting.
have just heard.

2. A. Cotton. B. A wool and cashmere blend.


C. Silk. D. A cotton and linen blend.

3. A. Brown. B. Black.
C. Blue. D. White.

4. A. The man will talk to his wife about the pattern of the suit.
B. The man will talk to the tailor about getting the suit made.
C. The man has no black suits because he thinks black is boring.
D. The man will pick out a tie to go with the suit.

S 119
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

enhance v. 提高,增强(P1) scarf n. 围巾,头巾


assessment n. 评估,估价(P2) flaw n. 缺点,瑕疵(P3)
antique a. 古老的,古董的 posture n. 姿势,体态
outfit n. 全套服装 intuition n. 直觉
incorporate v. 合并,混合 stain v. 弄脏

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
and complete the 1. Why is fashion so important to us? We go to such great lengths to look just right.
following sentences. 2. Understand your body and shopping will be easier.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. We want to make ourselves fashionable.
passage you have B. We want to make ourselves charming.
just heard. C. We are judged by how we look.
D. We can get more opportunities if we look good.

2. A. We can all enhance our looks through clothing, makeup and jewelry.
B. We can all enhance our looks through clothes, necklaces and rings.
C. We can all enhance our looks through scarves, hats and necklaces.
D. We can all enhance our looks through earrings, shoes and bags.

S 120
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
All through history one thing has never changed and that is in any given century, fashion has been of
great importance to us. Why is fashion so important to us? We go to such great lengths to look just right.
Let’s face it; we are judged by how we look. That may sound shallow but it is true.
Some people are born lucky with great genes. Others need a little help. In either case we can all
enhance our looks through clothing, makeup and jewelry.
Before you shop, let’s take a look at what you can do to improve your overall look.
Look at your hairstyle. Does it really suit you? Is the color right? The right haircut and color can make
more of a difference than you may realize.
Makeup can change your look from ordinary to amazing, but take note: you’ll want to buy products
that are natural. Our environment is polluted enough and we don’t need to add to it by putting chemical
products on our skin that can make us break out.
Before you go shopping for clothes, stand in front of a mirror and look at your body. Decide what you
like about it and what you don’t. Don’t be shy to promote your best body features. Also, very important,
wear colors that suit you.
In short, know before you go. Understand your body and shopping will be easier. And at the same
time, you will look better.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, why do we try our best to look good?
2. According to the passage, what can help us enhance our looks?
3. What kind of change does makeup bring to us?
4. According to the passage, what kind of makeup should we buy?
5. What should we do before we go shopping for clothes?

T 69
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
What is your personal fashion style? Have you ever sat down and worked out your personality and
what would suit you? You should have some ideas of how to gain that look. The look that makes people
say, “You have great sense of personal style.”
First, take a serious assessment of your personal style. Are you traditional? Are you modern? You
have to find this out. This heads you in the right direction.
Second, why are you trying to develop your own personal fashion style? What is the reasoning behind
it? Are you trying to be more noticeable, just for fun, or for the opposite sex?
Third, find your special market on your body. Britney Spears uses her belly button, and has it stand
out. Pick your favorite part and do something with it.
Fourth, what would you change first? Your hair? Go to a salon. Your clothes? Go to the fashion district
of your city. Jewelry? Find some nice stores with some antique or modern jewelry depending on your look.
If you go for a huge change, pick out something with a new outfit and slowly incorporate it as jewelry,
shirt, or scarf if you don’t want a sudden change.
Good luck in creating your personal fashion style. Make sure you incorporate your new fashion to hide
some flaws in your body. Believe me, everyone has them, just hide them well. Have fun doing it, and enjoy
yourself by expressing your new personal fashion style.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, what does “that look” refer to?
2. Why Britney Spears was cited as an example in this passage?
3. How should you choose jewelry?
4. If you don’t want a sudden change, what should you do?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 70
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

3. A. Makeup can make us look fashionable.


B. Makeup can change our look from ordinary to amazing.
C. Makeup can make us look younger.
D. Makeup can make us a little older than our age.

4. A. We should buy expensive products.


B. We should buy cheaper products.
C. We should buy natural products.
D. We should buy the products of famous brands.

5. A. We should know something about department stores.


B. We should look at the mirror and know our features.
C. We should know something about the products.
D. We should ask friends to go shopping with us.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. The passage is mainly about how to develop your own personal fashion style.
2. How many suggestions are given in the passage?
Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. The look that makes people say, “You are so beautiful”.
passage you have B. The look that makes people say, “You have great sense of personal style”.
just heard. C. The look that makes people say, “You look so charming”.
D. The look that makes people say, “You are a fashionable person”.

2. A. Because she is a popular singer.


B. Because she is very famous.
C. Because she is very charming and fashionable.
D. Because she finds her special market on her body.

S 121
Teacher’s Book

3. A. Find some nice stores with some antique or modern jewelry.


B. Buy some nice jewelry in department stores.
C. Buy some nice jewelry online.
D. Buy some nice jewelry from jewelry collectors.

4. A. Slowly incorporate a new hairstyle. B. Slowly incorporate new shoes.


C. Slowly incorporate jewelry, shirt or scarf. D. Slowly incorporate new makeup.

5. A. It is necessary for you to know your personal style first.


B. Your new fashion hides some flaws in your body instead of getting rid of them.
C. Your special market on your body will make you stand out in a crowd.
D. You can find your personal fashion style by reading fashion magazines.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d c h o o s e t h e 1. According to the passage, we should flatter our figure and ________.
A. make you work for your clothes
best choice.
B. make your clothes work for you

2. According to the passage, we can ________ if we don’t bare all.


A. leave some mystery to your look.
B. follow the lasted fashion trends

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. We should get rid of all the flaws to make us perfect.
passage you have B. We should ignore the flaws because we can do nothing.
just heard. C. We should accept the flaws, but try to minimize them.
D. We should let others know our flaws.

2. A. You will be a fashionable model.


B. You will become thinner and slimmer.
C. You will become a graceful dancer and make a good impression on others.
D. You will appear taller, and show your confidence and charm to others.

3. A. No. We should always buy different styles of the clothes.


B. Yes. We should buy the similar styles of the clothes if those are really our styles.

S 122
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

C. No. We should buy other styles if they are sold at a reasonable price.
D. Yes. The similar styles of the clothes can make others remember you easily.

4. A. We should apply perfume before dressing. B. We should apply perfume after dressing.
C. We should apply perfume before eating. D. We should apply perfume after eating.

5. A. You should go to other department stores to find your desired size.


B. You should ask them to call their other stores to send you the desired size.
C. You should try on other clothes to see if they suit you.
D. You should complain to the manager about it.

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Sharpen your fashion skills with these practical tips to flatter your figure and make your clothes work
for you.
Every woman has flaws. These ideas are for those that accept them, but wish to minimize them. Don’t
forget, stand up straight, have good posture and carry yourself with grace. Not only will you appear taller,
you will radiate self-confidence and charm.
Know your body and what looks good. You are logically attracted to clothes, styles and colors that
flatter your figure. Use past experience to your advantage and trust your intuition, sometimes fashion
comes naturally. Feel free to experiment!
This style guide is for general fashion tips and advice. Check out the current fashion trends to get the
latest fashion tips and tricks for the newest styles.
 Have plenty of neutrals on hand to mix and match.
 Buy similar styles of the clothes you already own that you think flatter your figure.
 Don’t be afraid to try anything new.
 Always clean your clothing before you store it.
 Apply your perfume before dressing to prevent staining your clothing.
 If a department store doesn’t have your size, ask. Many stores are set up to call their other stores to
locate and ship the desired size directly to you.
 Don’t bare all. Leave some mystery to your look.
Listening for specific information
1. According to the passage, what is the right attitude towards flaws?
2. When you stand up straight, have good posture and carry yourself with grace, what changes will take
place?
3. Can we buy similar styles of clothes?
4. According to the passage, how should we apply perfume?
5. If a department store doesn’t have your size, what should you do?

S 123 / T 71
Teacher’s Book

Ⅲ perfume 香水 luxurious 奢侈的


fragrance 香气,芬芳 prevailing 流行的
Words and lipstick 口红,唇膏 stylish 时髦的,漂亮的
Sentences handbag 手提包 glamorous 富有魅力的,迷人的
earring 耳环,耳饰 decorative 装饰性的
The following are accessory 配件,饰品 delicate 精巧的,精致的
some words and bracelet 手镯 elegant 雅致的
sentences related Chanel 香奈尔 strapless 无吊带的
to the topic of this Gucci 古驰 maxi 长裙,大衣
unit. Recite those Longines 浪琴表 garment 外衣,服装
words and you Rolex 劳力士 texture 纹理,质地
may need them Adidas 阿迪达斯 terylene 涤纶
brand names 商标,品牌 embroidery 刺绣
in future listening
brand loyalty 品牌忠诚度 fabric 质地,织法
comprehension
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. Discover for yourself what the world is wearing, what is hot this season and what is not.
2. Trying on clothes before you buy them is a must, not only because sizes aren’t always
standardized but because returning unwanted purchases can be a huge pain.
3. Do you want to look the best in a crowd and grab attention?
4. Accessories, from belts to bangles, from hats to jewellery, add something extra to your look.
5. In the winter months, it is more challenging to find dresses which are not only beautiful,
but also seasonal.
6. Online fashion shopping experience offers a special combination of value, uniqueness,
style and quality in women’s fashion.
7. You can enhance your natural beauty by wearing the right colors.
8. Gucci Suede bags look most stunning on almost every type of apparel.
9. If you’re a fashion addict, you’re surely curious about the forthcoming fashion trends.
10. Printed fabrics and clothes will be popular and in-demand throughout the year.
11. Media played an important role to widen the arrays of fashion.
12. This brand is fulfilling the fashion needs of individuals from the decades.
13. Stylish watches are enjoyable to have on and can be found in almost every style or color.
14. In recent days eggplant purple is very popular and fabulous for the colder months.
15. In earlier days earrings were worn only by women now these are worn by men also.

S 124
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题九 新闻听力中的数字题
数字题型是四级听力考试考查的一类题型,范围涉及年龄、价格、金额、号码、
数量等。解答这类题时一是要听清数字,二是要听懂数字之间的关系。
在新闻听力中,此类 题 有 两 种 出 题 方 式 。 一 种 是 比 较 明 显 的 提 问 方 式 , 如 以
When,How many,How much,What time等开头进行提问,较为容易锁定出题者的出
题意图,在解题时听清新闻中出现的数字并在备选答案中相应数字上做出代表该数字
特征的简单标记,这样才能分析出各个数字之间的关系。另一种是比较隐晦的出题方
式,通常是对某一事物/事件提问,而在某个选项中出现数字,需要考生进行听辨。如
以“What do we learn about ...?”提问,选项中有关于价格、金额、年代等数字信息。
考生在听力过程中,需要记录听到的数字,并简单记录该数字的相关信息。下面举两
个例子说明:
1. Last year, cinema ticket sales in China added up to $6.6 billion. The premiere date for
Kung Fu Panda 3 was carefully selected to get more people to the cinemas. The opening date
coincided with the Chinese New Year. So the animated American movie earned more than
$100 million in ticket sales that day in China.
Q: How much is cinema ticket sales in China last year?
A. $6.6 billion. B. $6.6 million.
C. $100 million. D. $100 billion.
【解析】答案为“A. $6.6 billion”。对话中出现了两个数字,分别为 $6.6 billion 和 $100
million。首先考生需要听清楚数字,警惕混淆 billion 和 million。其次要听清楚题目的
问题,是中国去年的总票房数还是美国电影《功夫熊猫 3》在中国的首映日票房数。搞
清楚这两个问题并在听音时在对应选项处做好简单的标记,即可判断选项 A 正确。
2. The howmuch.net map shows that most jobs were created in California. The Los
Angeles area produced more than 133,000 new jobs. New York City saw the biggest increase
in employment. More than 150,000 new jobs were added in the New York City area in 2015.
In Texas, the Dallas-Fort Worth area witnessed a job increase of nearly 100,000 in 2015. And
in the Detroit, Michigan area — hurt by years of recession — more than 39,000 jobs were
created in 2015.
Q: What do we learn about New York City from the news report?
A. New York City was hurt by years of recession in 2015.
B. New York City saw a job increase of nearly 100,000 in 2015.
C. More than 115,000 new jobs were added in the New York City area in 2015.
D. New York City witnessed the biggest increase in employment.

S 125
Teacher’s Book

【解析】答案为“D. New York City witnessed the biggest increase in employment”。


该题目的问题并未直接询问数字,但是在选项中出现了有关New York City就业率的几个
数字,所以考生在听力的过程中,一定要认真听数字并且做笔记,把听到的数字记录在
相应的信息附近,再判断数字是否正确。根据新闻中的第三句“New York City saw the
biggest increase in employment”可以判断选项D正确。
通过分析,可以看出掌握数字的读法及相关表达方式在听力理解上会有很大的作
用。熟悉各种数字、时间、价格等相关表达方式可以更好地理解听力题中表达的含义。
下面我们就给大家列出一些常见的数字表达方式。
(1)三位数的读法:百位和十位之间用“and”连接。例如:“326”读作:three
hundred and twenty-six;
(2)四位数的读法:千位和百位之间没有“and”。例如:“1932”读作:one
thousand nine hundred and thirty-two;
(3)四位数以上的读法:按国际惯例,数字从低位到高位每三位一记,用“,”
分隔,在英语中,从低位起,第一个“,”读作“thousand”,第二个“,”读作
“million”,第三个“,”读作“billion”,第四个“,”读作“trillion”。由这些
“,”分隔出的三位数参照“(1)三位数的读法”即可,例如:“212,425,912”读
作:two hundred and twelve million four hundred and twenty-five thousand nine hundred and
twelve;“337,723,610,135”读作:three hundred and thirty-seven billion seven hundred
and twenty-three million six hundred and ten thousand one hundred and thirty-five。

S 126
Unit 9 Developing Your Own Fashion Style

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

Now, the VOA Special English program Words and Their Stories.
Last week, I explained some English expressions about clothes. Everything I told you
was true. I did not talk through my hat or say something without knowing the facts.
Everyone knows there are many English expressions about clothes. There is no need
to keep it a secret, or keep it (1) under your hat. In fact, if I keep talking, soon enough you
will start to think I am an old hat about this — a real expert. Do not be fooled, though. My
friends sometimes call me a wolf (2) in sheep’s clothing. This is someone who acts like a
good person, but is really a bad person.
I’m not really a bad person. But I do love clothes. It is always fun to (3) get dressed up. I
look great in my best clothes. When I put them on, I feel decked out. You might say when I
wear my best clothes, I am (4) dressed to the nines or dressed to the teeth. In fact, my husband
says I look dressed to kill. Of course, I would never kill anyone. But, there is something
special about putting on clothes that are pleasing to the eye.
My best clothes are not (5) modern or fashionable Maybe someday they will come into
fashion. But I really do not care. They certainly look better on me than my birthday suit.
Did you know that everyone has a birthday suit? You wear it when you are wearing no
clothes at all. Babies are born wearing their birthday suits.
I am very careful with my clothes. I handle them (6) with kid glove. I try not to get them
dirty or torn. Most of my clothes fit like a glove. They fit perfectly. But when I eat too much,
I feel like my clothes might burst at the seams. My clothes feel too restrictive and tight.
Some of the clothes I like best are hand-me-downs. My older sister gave them to me
when she no longer wanted them. Hand-me-downs are great because clothes often cost too
much money. I live on a shoestring. I have (7) a very small budget and little money to spend
on clothes. However, my sister has a lot of money to spend on clothes. Maybe someday the
shoe will be on the other foot. The opposite will be true. I will have a lot of money to buy
clothes and my sister will get hand-me-downs from me.
I admit I dream of being rich. I dream that someday I will be able to live like a
rich person. I will know what it is like to walk (8) in another person’s shoes. Some of my
friends got rich by riding (9) someone else’s coat tails. They are successful today as a result
of someone else being successful. But, I believe you should never (10) criticize others for
something you would do yourself. What is said about someone else can also be said about
you. Remember, if the shoe fits, wear it.
Jill Moss wrote this VOA Special English program Words and Their Stories. I’m Faith
Lapidus.

S 127
Teacher’s Book

VI Learn English Through Songs


Song
A New Day Has Come from Celine Dion
I was waiting for so long
The following is a For a (1) miracle to come
song titled “A New Everyone told me to be strong
Day Has Come from Hold on and don’t shed a tear
Celine Dion”. Enjoy So through (2) darkness and good times
it and complete the I knew I’d make it through
lyrics. And the world thought I had it all
But I was waiting for you

Hush now
I see a light in the sky
Oh it’s almost (3) blinding me
I can’t believe I’ve been touched by an angel
With love
Let the rain come down
And wash away my tears
Let it fill my soul
And drown my (4) fears
Let it shatter the walls
For a new sun
A new day has come

Where it was dark now there is light


Where there was pain, now there’s joy
Where there was (5) weakness, I found my strength
All in the eyes of a boy

S 128
Unit 10
l e b rat i n g H olida
Ce ys
Teacher’s Book

Post-holiday Syndrome

Pre‑listening Have you ever heard of holiday syndrome or post-holiday syndrome? Finish the following
Activities: two activities and you may know what it is and how to deal with it.

Part 1
Read the following
passage and try
If you’ve just got back from holidays and can’t settle into work again, you’re probably
to understand
suffering from a case of the holiday blues. If it goes on for a few days, you may even have
what post-holiday
syndrome is. post-holiday syndrome.
Post-holiday syndrome is a broad concept that describes the inability to adapt to work
after the completion of a holiday. Typically, it includes symptoms of weakness and fatigue.
There may be problems with insomnia paired with major drowsiness throughout the day.
Attention span is limited and sufferers have a feeling of apathy and boredom at work.
Some may develop anxiety which renders them incapable of making any decision.
There may be a change of character, possibly becoming aggressive, however, and
progressive depressive symptoms are more frequent and it can affect all aspects of life.

Part 2
Sounds terrible?
Never fear. There
Suggestion 1: Don’t go straight back to work.
are ways to beat
Suggestion 2: Work out what you have to do.
the post-holiday
syndrome and get Suggestion 3: Book your next break.

back into your Suggestion 4: Re-evaluate your priorities.


routine life. Listen
to the following
passage and finish
the sentences.

S 130
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

I. Pre-listening Activities
Part 2
Sounds terrible? Never fear. There are ways to beat the post-holiday syndrome and get back into
your routine life. Listen to the following passage and finish the sentences.
If you are suffering from post-holiday syndrome, the following suggestions may help you.
First, don’t go straight back to work. It’s difficult to go from relaxing days by the pool straight into
full-on meeting mode. Researchers at the University of Granada suggest building in a period of “re-
adaptation” between holiday and work.
Second, work out what you have to do. No doubt you’ll have an inbox crammed full of emails
and have dozens of voicemails to return. But don’t get overwhelmed by the work that’s built up in your
absence. If you don’t manage it properly, you will run the risk of undoing all the relaxing effects of your
holiday.
Third, book your next break. Having another holiday to look forward to can ease the effects of post-
holiday syndrome.
Finally, re-evaluate your priorities. Some people like to veg out while on holidays but others take time
to figure out what they’re doing in life and what makes them happy. If you’re one of the latter, getting back
from a break may bring all these issues into focus.
If you’re coming back to something you really love, you won’t have the holiday blues. However, if
you have these negative feelings for a few days, then you should pay attention to them. Often they are a
prompt for change in your life.

T E
NO

T 72
Teacher’s Book

II. Listening Tasks


Task 1 Understanding News Reports
Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or three
questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
News Item One
A Palestinian teacher has won an international teaching prize, earning her $1 million dollars. Hanan
Al-Hroub, a teacher from the West Bank, won the Global Teacher Prize on Sunday.
Pope Francis announced the award in a video. He talked about the importance of education and
teachers, especially for children who have seen violence. Pope Francis said teachers were “the builders of
peace and unity.” At the award ceremony in Dubai, Al-Hroub told the audience that “teachers could change
the world.”
Al-Hroub, who grew up in a refugee camp, is a specialist in helping children who have witnessed
violence. She teaches at an elementary school in Al-Bireh, near Ramallah in the West Bank. Al-Hroub
says she became interested in teaching when her children saw a shooting on their way home from school.
Helping her children recover from that experience made her think about how classrooms can help other
children.
Given to one teacher every year, the Global Teacher Prize is an award that recognizes a teacher who
has made a contribution to the teaching profession. The teacher must use new classroom practices and
encourage others to become teachers.
Questions:
1. What is the news report mainly about?
2. Where is the award ceremony held?

News Item Two


Americans drove more miles in 2015 than any year since the U.S. government started keeping records
45 years ago. The U.S. Department of Transportation recently reported that Americans drove a record 3.148
trillion miles last year. In case you are wondering, that is enough to take 337 round trips from Earth to
Pluto.
There are a number of reasons Americans are driving more, according to experts.
The first is the price of gas, which has dropped to 2004 levels in the past year. The American
Automobile Association said the average price of unleaded regular gasoline is $1.71 a gallon, or 45.17
cents per liter. That is the lowest price since 2004.
Another reason is that more Americans are back to work after the 2008 recession, and driving to their
jobs. More Americans are also traveling longer distances to get to jobs. There are increased numbers of
Americans who must travel more than 45 miles per day for their jobs. And for many, there are no, or not
enough, public transit options.

T 73
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Ⅱ Ta sk 1 Und ers tand ing N ews Rep o rts

Listening Tasks Now you will hear three news reports. At the end of each news report, you will hear two or
three questions. Both the news report and the questions will be spoken only once. After
you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Palestinian a. 巴勒斯坦(人)的(I1) unleaded a. 无铅的


West Bank 西岸(约旦河以西地区) legislator n. 立法者(I3)
Global Teacher Prize 全球教师奖 food bank(美国)食物赈济处
Pope Francis 教宗方济各(天主教第266任教皇) Denmark 丹麦
refugee camp 难民营 surplus a. 过剩的,多余的
Ramallah 拉马拉(巴勒斯坦城市) Salvation Army 救世军(以街头布
Pluto n. 冥王星(I2) 道和慈善活动著称的基督教教派)
American Automobile Association logistical a. 物流的,后勤的
美国汽车协会

N ews Item 1
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. The origin of Global Teacher Prize.
on the following B. The importance of education to Palestinian children.
news item. C. A Palestinian teacher winning an international teaching prize.
D. The importance of educating teachers.

2. A. In Dubai. B. In Ramallah.
C. In France. D. In Palestine.

N ews Item 2
Questions 1 and
2 will be based 1. A. Economic recession in America. B. Reasons why Americans love traveling.
on the following C. Price of gasoline in America. D. Reasons why Americans drive more.
news item.

S 131
Teacher’s Book

2. A. The price of gas fell in the past year.


B. More Americans travel longer distances to get to jobs.
C. There are no enough public transportation options.
D. The price of cars has dropped to 2004 levels.

N ews Item 3
Questions 1 to
3 will be based 1. A. The law bans supermarkets from giving away unsold food.
on the following B. The law requires supermarkets to donate unsold food to charities.
news item. C. The law bans supermarkets from throwing away unsold commodities.
D. The law requires supermarkets to donate unsold commodities to charities.

2. A. She welcomes the new law. B. She is worried about the law.
C. She remains neutral about the law. D. She strongly objects to the law.

3. A. France throws away one-fifteenth of the amount of food bought each year.
B. Customers can get leftover food for free in the “waste” supermarket.
C. Louise Saint-Germain is president of a small governmental organization.
D. Some people argue the law may lead to more donations than they can handle.

Ta sk 2 U nd ers ta nd ing Lo ng C o nvers a tions

Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear
four or five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once.
After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.

a ry
Vocabul

Jackie Chan 成龙(原名陈港生)(C1) stinky a. 恶臭的


Pac Man Frog 吃豆蛙(C2) iguana n. 鬣蜥(美洲热带大蜥蜴)

S 132
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Questions:
1. What is the news report mainly about?
2. Which of the following is NOT the reason why Americans drove more miles in 2015?

News Item Three


France has become the first country to ban supermarkets from throwing away unsold food. Legislators
passed the law in February. The law requires supermarkets to donate unsold food to charities and food
banks. If supermarkets do not obey the law, they’ll face a $4,000 fine.
The new law is part of France’s efforts to rethink consumption practices. Each year, France throws
away about 7 million tons of food. That is one-fifth of the amount of food bought each year. Along with
individual consumers, restaurants and stores add to the food waste.
Other European countries are also making efforts to reduce food waste. In Denmark, a new “waste”
supermarket has opened, where customers can buy surplus or leftover food for cheaper prices.
Some people welcomed the new law. Louise Saint-Germain is president of a small non-governmental
organization. She said the increase in donation would allow her group to “feed more people and provide a
more diversified food basket.”
But others are worried the law which would lead to more donations than they can handle. Aline
Chassagnot manages a Salvation Army store. “We simply don’t have the technical and logistical ability to
distribute more food to more people.” she said.
Questions:
1. Which of the following statements about the law is TRUE according to the news?
2. What is Louise Saint-Germain’s attitude towards the new law?
3. What can we learn from the news report?

Task 2 Understanding Long Conversations


Now you will hear two long conversations. At the end of each conversation, you will hear four or
five questions. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a
question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices.
Conversation One
W: Hey, John, I didn’t see you in class today. Have you got a couple of minutes to spare? I need to talk to
you about something.
M: Sure, Julie. What’s up?
W: Just want to make sure you’ll still go to Joe’s party on Saturday night. I am relying on you to drive me there.
M: My god, Joe’s party. I forgot all about it. I’m actually planning to go to the new Jackie Chan movie
that night.
W: Oh, really? That’s too bad. Looks like I won’t be going to the party. You don’t have a spare ticket to the
movie, do you?

T 74
Teacher’s Book

M: Hey, not so fast. Of course I’m still going. I can go to the movies next week. Where should I pick you
up tomorrow?
W: How about in front of my apartment building? From the school gate drive west along Smith Street for
two blocks, then turn right when get to Morning Road.
M: Got it, west along Smith Street, then right onto Morning Road.
W: Yes, well, I’d better get going. We’ve got another class now. Are you coming?
M: No, I’m not going to class. I’ve got to get ready for the big football match. It’s going to start in 15
minutes. So I’d better hurry. See you tomorrow in front of your place.
Questions 1 to 5 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why does the woman want the man to go to the party?
2. When will Joe’s party be held?
3. When can the man go to the movies?
4. Where should the man pick the woman up?
5. When will the match start?

Conversation Two
W: John, can you talk a little bit about the frog that you got for your Valentine’s Day gift?
M: Sure, yeah, my wife gave me this Pac Man Frog for Valentine’s Day. Basically it was this enormous,
stinky frog that would only eat baby mice, so you had to feed it a little tiny cute baby mouse every week.
Then it would just leave this big mess, this stinky mess, and you’d have to clean it up and at the time I had
just gotten rid of an iguana, and I didn’t want any pets and that was the gift my wife gave me so!
W: Oh, man, well, how long did you have it?
M: I think I kept it for about six months. Maybe even a year.
W: That’s a long time.
M: Yeah. I see, I kept it until she moved in with me and then when she moved in with me, she said, “Wow, that
thing really stinks! We should get rid of it.” So we took it back to the pet store and just gave it back to them.
W: Oh, so you took it back to the pet store. They took it.
M: Yeah, they took it. I looked around for someone to give it to, and everyone was like, “No, that thing is
disgusting.” No one wanted it and I asked the pet store whether they would like pay for it, and they said “No,
no, you bought it”. So I just said, “Here, OK, have it back” and they said “Fine, we’ll sell it again”.
W: OK. Do you ever know what happened to the frog?
M: No, maybe, I went back to that pet store like a year after I gave it back to them and it was still there and
it was like twice the size, so I don’t know if they ever got rid of it or not.
W: Great story.
Questions 1 to 4 are based on the conversation you have just heard.
1. Why did the man’s wife give him a Pac Man Frog?
2. What does the frog feed on according to the man?
3. What did the man do with the frog?
4. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the conversation?

T 75
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Conversation One
Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. She thinks he will enjoy it.
conversation you B. She wants him to drive her there.
have just heard. C. She wants to introduce him to her friends.
D. She doesn’t want to go to movies.

2. A. On Thursday. B. On Saturday.
C. On Sunday. D. On Friday.

3. A. Next week. B. Tonight.


C. This weekend. D. Not mentioned.

4. A. In front of the school gate. B. In front of the teaching building.


C. In front of her apartment building D. In front of the cinema.

5. A. In half an hour. B. In 15 minutes.


C. In 50 minutes. D. In an hour.

Conversation Two
Questions 1 to 4
are based on the
1. A. It is a birthday gift. B. It is a Christmas gift.
conversation you
C. It is a Valentine’s Day gift. D. It is an Easter gift.
have just heard.

2. A. Mosquitos. B. Fish.
C. Flies. D. Baby mice.

3. A. He gave it back to the pet store.


B. He sold it to the pet store.
C. He gave it back to his wife.
D. He gave it to someone he met in the pet store.

4. A. The man got an iguana after he got rid of the frog.


B. The man took the frog back a year later.
C. The man regretted that he sent the frog away.
D. The frog grew much bigger than before when the man saw it again.

S 133
Teacher’s Book

Ta sk 3 U nd ers ta nd ing Pa s s a g es

Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage
is read for the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to
finish the first two questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should
listen intensively for details and specific information, and then choose the best answer
from the four possible choices for the next five questions.

a ry
Vocabul

firecracker n. 爆竹,鞭炮(P1) marzipan n. 杏仁蛋白软糖


parade n. 游行 godparent n. 教父或教母
resolution n. 决心,决定 shatter v. 打碎,使散开
feast n. 节日,盛宴(P2) reminder n. 令人回忆起某事的事物(P3)
resurrection n. 复活,复苏 spa n. 温泉疗养地

Passage One

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. This passage is mainly about the traditions and customs of American New Year.
2. The custom of holding a party on New Year’s Day contributes to the modern custom of “open
house”.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. To show they are very happy to welcome a new year.
passage you have B. To scare evil spirits away from the new year.
just heard. C. To make people feel excited.
D. To make the criminals feel frightened.

2. A. Giving gifts to each other. B. Writing letters to friends.


C. Lighting firecrackers. D. Visiting relatives.

S 134
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Task 3 Understanding Passages


Now you will hear three passages. Each passage will be read twice. When the passage is read for
the first time, you are advised to listen for general comprehension and try to finish the first two
questions. When the passage is read for the second time, you should listen intensively for details and
specific information, and then choose the best answer from the four possible choices for the next five
questions.
Passage One
Listening for general information
One ancient New Year’s custom was to make as much noise as possible to scare evil spirits away
from the new year. This tradition, along with lighting firecrackers, continues to the present day. American
celebrations for the New Year begin on the night of December 31. Many people attend parties where at
midnight they make noise, cheer, clap, kiss one another and sing songs.
George Washington began the custom of holding a party on New Year’s Day where everyone was
welcome. This became known as having an “open house” and is still done in many places today.
Gathering with family and friends to watch parades and football games, either in person or on
television, are important New Year’s Day activities for many Americans.
Making New Year’s resolutions is a modern approach to keeping evil away during the New Year.
People decide to improve their lives by making promises to do good things or not to do bad things.
Resolutions can be the beginning of setting goals for the new year. Of course it’s always easier to make a
resolution than keep it. Keeping it is hard work.
Listening for specific information
1. Why do people make noise when they celebrate the New Year?
2. Besides making noise, what custom continues to the present day?
3. Who began the custom of holding a party on New Year’s Day?
4. According to the passage, what do many Americans do to celebrate New Year’s Day?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 76
Teacher’s Book

Passage Two
Listening for general information
When the first spring flowers blossom, Easter comes. It is the oldest Christian feast, honoring the
resurrection of Jesus Christ.
Along with the traditional Easter walk or outing, the giving of Easter eggs and, more recently, of
Easter presents is a main feature of the feast. Parents give their children “Easter eggs” — colored and
boiled eggs, chocolate eggs, marzipan eggs — Easter bunnies, sweets, and other gifts. In some German
regions, children virtually “collect” Easter eggs from their relatives, especially their godparents.
Usually, the Easter eggs are carefully hidden in the garden or in the house and the children must
search for them on the morning of Easter Sunday. They are told that the Easter bunny has brought them.
This mysterious bunny is like Santa Claus at Christmas. But it is less of an “educational” figure than Santa
Claus is, since the eggs are not given to children as rewards for being good.
Some Easter egg games have been preserved at certain places in Germany or have even been newly
developed. Children try to outdo each other in rolling colored eggs down grassy slopes, for instance, or
they knock the eggs’ pointed ends together and the child whose eggs do not shatter gets the broken one,
too.
Listening for specific information
1. What is the main feature of Easter?
2. In some German regions, whom do children get Easter eggs from?
3. What do we know about Easter bunny?
4. According to the passage, what is the difference between the Easter bunny and Santa Claus?
5. If a child wins in the egg-knocking activity, what will he get?

T 77
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

3. A. George Washington. B. Abraham Lincoln.


C. Harry S. Truman. D. Ronald Reagan.

4. A. Watching entertainment programs. B. Watching parades and football games.


C. Going shopping and eating out. D. Watching movies in the cinema.

5. A. Keeping resolutions is hard work.


B. Making resolutions is easier than keeping them.
C. New Year’s resolutions are promises of doing good things in the new year.
D. If you make New Year’s resolutions on New Year’s Day, your resolutions will be realized.

Passage Two

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. This passage is mainly about Easter eggs.
2. Easter is celebrated in the spring season.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. The giving of roses. B. The giving of sweets.
passage you have C. The giving of eggs and presents. D. The giving of interesting costumes.
just heard.
2. A. They get Easter eggs from their classmates.
B. They get Easter eggs from their relatives.
C. They get Easter eggs from their best friends.
D. They get Easter eggs from their teachers.

3. A. Easter bunny is a real rabbit. B. Easter bunny is a gift given by Santa Claus.
C. Easter bunny is a symbol of Christmas. D. Easter bunny brings Easter eggs to children.

4. A. Santa Claus is real while Easter bunny is imaginary.


B. Santa Claus is imaginary while Easter bunny is real.
C. Santa Claus is more of an “educational” figure.
D. Children like Easter bunny better than Santa Claus.

S 135
Teacher’s Book

5. A. The winner will get a free meal. B. The winner will get an Easter bunny.
C. The winner will get the broken egg. D. The winner will get a medal.

Passage Three

Listening for general information


Now listen carefully
a n d a n s w e r t h e 1. What is the passage mainly about?
following questions. How to celebrate Valentine’s Day when you are single.
2. How many suggestions are given in the passage?
Four.

Listening for specific information


Questions 1 to 5
are based on the 1. A. Romance only. B. The beloved one that has passed away.
passage you have C. Pure love. D. The resurrection of Christ.
just heard.
2. A. Talk to his/her photograph. B. Give him/her a call.
C. Prepare a special gift for him/her. D. Hold a party.

3. A. She bought some flowers for herself.


B. She spent the day in a nice hotel remembering the good moments they had together.
C. She found an interesting job in the spa.
D. She booked a room in a nice hotel and spent the day in the spa.

4. A. Movies about cooking. B. Movies about celebrities.


C. Movies about happy couples. D. Movies about other singles.

5. A. Your Valentine can be your sister, your best friend or even your grandmother.
B. On Valentine’s Day, avoid thinking of your beloved ones who have passed away.
C. Treat yourself and do something that really pleases you on Valentine’s Day.
D. It’s more important to celebrate those who show you their love the rest of the year.

S 136
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Passage Three
Listening for general information
Most singles dread Valentine’s Day. For them, that day is a reminder that they have not found their
soul mate yet, or that they are healing from a bad divorce or painful breakup. If you are among those
singles, this article is for you. It gives you 4 ideas to turn this Valentine’s Day into a celebration of your
life, the people you love, and yourself.
First, you should remember that on Valentine’s Day you celebrate pure love, not just romance. For
this, your Valentine need not be a mate. It can be your favorite nephew, your sister, your best friend, and
even your grandmother. Celebrate it.
Then, if your beloved one has passed away, spend some time thinking of him/her. Write a letter, talk to
his/her photograph, buy some flowers and remember all the good moments you had together. It’s ok to miss
someone so special.
Also, it helps to treat yourself as your own Valentine. I know a woman who was recovering from a
painful divorce. On that Valentine’s Day, she booked a room in a nice hotel and spent the day in the spa.
The choices are endless to make that day a special one.
Finally, you can have a movie party with movies about other singles. Invite a few good friends —
people you enjoy being with, cook or order fine food, buy good wine or champagne and watch some
personal liberation movies with powerful characters — almost all of them are single.
Love is not measured by flowers and chocolates on Valentine’s Day, but by daily actions on the other
363 days of the year. So, instead of focusing on the fact that you don’t have a mate on Valentine’s Day, it’s
more important to celebrate those who show you their love the rest of the year.
Listening for specific information
1. What should people celebrate on Valentine’s Day according to the speaker?
2. What can people do on Valentine’s Day if their beloved one has passed away?
3. What did the woman do in order to recover from a painful divorce on Valentine’s Day?
4. What kind of movies does the speaker advice the singles to watch?
5. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage?

T 78
Teacher’s Book

TE
NO

T 79
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

Ⅲ pickpocket
festive
扒手;小偷 Singles Day
Coming-of-age Day
光棍节
节日的;喜庆的 日本成人节
Words and ornament 装饰物 Arbor Day 植树节
Sentences intercultural 不同文化间的 Memorial Day 美国阵亡将士纪念日
spectacle 盛大演出;壮观场面 Boxing Day 圣诞节次日;节礼日
The following are (应送礼物给雇员)
some words and cultural heritage 文化遗产 Veterans Day 美国老兵纪念日
sentences related sachet 香包 Bank Holiday 银行假日
to the topic of this community 社区 Dragon Boat Festival 端午
unit. Recite those observance (宗教的)庆祝 New Year’s Eve dinner 年夜饭
personalize 为个人定制 Spring Festival couplets 对联
words and you
showcase 展示(优点) temple fair 庙会
may need them
St. Patrick’s Day 圣帕特里克节 Double Seventh Festival 七夕
in future listening
Sabbath 安息日 Mid-Autumn Festival 中秋
comprehension
Beerborse 啤酒节 Lantern Festival 元宵
tests.

Useful Expressions

1. The holidays bring joy and a sense of well-being for most people.
2. Does your family have any holiday traditions?
3. This festival descends from a religious rite.
4. In the middle of the excitement we couldn’t help singing and dancing.
5. Keep your money in a front pocket rather than in your back pocket.
6. It is a holiday that is gaining in popularity every year throughout the country.
7. During the holidays there are many web sites that offer incredible deals on various
merchandise, travel specials, and a number of other seemingly “perfect” opportunities.
8. Most children are pointedly counting down the days until Santa Claus makes his appointed visit.
9. Sometimes an inexpensive, more thoughtful gift can go a long way in telling the person
how much you care.
10. In my experience it’s better to arrange private accommodation rather than accepting the
tour operator’s choice of hotel.
11. In China, 5000 years of history has seen the creation of many festivals.
12. Although many years have passed since the first celebration, the pattern of the celebration
has not changed much.
13. Would we like to do something helpful for people in need this holiday season? How can
we raise any money needed?
14. At this time, people will try to solve the puzzles on the lanterns and eat Yuan Xiao and get
all their families united in the joyful atmosphere.
15. Some places even have the tradition to offer sacrifices to the heaven and earth.

S 137
Teacher’s Book

Listening Skills for News Report


IV
Listening Skills 专题十 新闻听力中的缩略语
新闻语言的显著特征之一是专有词汇,例如人名、地名、组织机构名称等等。由于
新闻报道时间上的限制,这些专有词汇等常采用缩略语的形式。其中以首字母缩略语最
为常见,如 UNESCO 是 United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization,
简称联合国教科文组织。虽然,缩略语不是听力考试中题目常涉及的出题点,但是如果
学生掌握一些缩略语,就能够迅速调动与该缩略语相关的背景知识,帮助他们理解和推
测听力文章的内容。
下面为大家列出一些新闻中常见的缩略语,希望大家掌握。此外,还应了解它们的
发音,因为有的缩略语读音要一个字母一个字母的读,而有的缩略语在发音上是作为一
个单词来读的。
1. 组织机构等专有名称
APEC: Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation 亚太经贸合作组织
CIA: Central Intelligence Agency 中央情报局
FBI: Federal Bureau of Investigation 联邦调查局
IMF: International Monetary Fund(联合国)国际货币基金组织
IOC: International Olympic Committee 国际奥林匹克委员会
ISO: International Organization for Standardization 国际标准化组织
NASA: National Aeronautics and Space Administration (美国)国家宇航局
NATO: North Atlantic Treaty Organization 北大西洋公约组织
OPEC: Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries 欧佩克(石油输出国组织)
WTO: World Trade Organization 世界贸易组织
2. 常见事物的名称
PC: personal computer 个人电脑
PR: public relations 公共关系
UFO: Unidentified Flying Object 不明飞行物,飞碟
IQ: Intelligence Quotient 智商
EQ: Emotional Quotient 情商
3. 有关头衔或学位的缩略词
CEO: Chief Executive Officer 首席执行官
CFO: Chief Finance Officer 首席财务官
CIO: Chief Information Officer 首席信息官
COO: Chief Operating Officer 首席运行官
CTO: Chief Technology Officer 首席技术官
CPA: Certified Public Accountant 注册会计师

S 138
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

GM: General Manager 总经理


MBA: Master of Business Administration 工商管理硕士
MPA: Master of Public Administration 公共管理硕士
PA: personal assistant 私人助理
PM: prime minister 总理,首相
4. 表示各种系统的缩略词
BBS: Bulletin Board System/Service 电子布告栏系统 / 服务
GPS: Global Position System 全球定位系统
GSM: Global System for Mobile Communications 全球移动通信系统
ITS: Intelligent Transportation System 智能交通系统
NMD: National Missile Defense (美国)国家导弹防御系统
5. 有关金融方面的缩略词
DJI: Dow-Jones Index 道琼斯指数
NASDAQ: National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation 纳斯达克
(美
国全国证券交易商自动报价系统协会)
ATM: Automated Teller Machine 自动取款(出纳)机
CBD: Central Business District 中央商务区
CPI: Consumer Price Index 消费者价格指数
GDP: Gross Domestic Product 国内生产总值
GNP: Gross National Product 国民生产总值
6. 有关考试方面的缩略词
CET: College English Test 大学英语等级考试
GMAT: Graduate Management Admission Test 国外工商管理硕士 MBA 入学考试
GRE: Graduate Record Examination 美国研究生入学考试
LAST: Law School Admission Test 法学院入学考试
PETS: Public English Test System 全国英语等级考试
TOEFL: Test of English as a Foreign Language 托福考试
IELTS: International English Language Testing System 雅思考试
SAT: Scholastic Aptitude Test (美国)学术能力测试
ACT: American College Test 美国大学测试
AP: Advanced Placement 美国大学先修课程

S 139
Teacher’s Book

V Learn English Through a Radio Program


Radio Program Now listen to a VOA Special English report and fill in the blanks while listening.

This is the VOA Special English Agriculture Report.


Thanksgiving Day is America’s version of a harvest festival. The holiday is celebrated
on the fourth Thursday in November.
This Thursday, millions of Americans will join family and friends to give thanks and
eat a meal with a history (1) that is centuries old.
Early European settlers in North America (2) held other ceremonies where they gave
thanks. But what Americans often consider the first Thanksgiving took place in Plymouth
Colony. Today we call it Massachusetts.
Those settlers are known as the Pilgrims. They held a three-day celebration in the fall
of sixteen twenty-one. They celebrated the harvest with members of (3) a local Indian tribe.
The best known food that Americans traditionally eat on Thanksgiving is turkey. The
nation’s turkey producers are expected to raise two hundred forty-two million birds this year.
The government says that is (4) two percent fewer than ast year. Last year’s turkey production
had a value of about three and a half billion dollars.
Thanksgiving turkeys are traditionally served with a bread mixture that some
Americans call stuffing. Others call it dressing. Side dishes include cranberries, sweet
potatoes and green beans or other vegetables. The meal traditionally (5) ends with a dessert of
pumpkin pie or pecan pie.
Some Thanksgiving foods have changed over time. For example, most turkeys these days
are bred with larger breasts (6) to provide more white meat. Corn — known in much of the world
as maize — has also changed. It tastes much sweeter than the starchier corn of the past.
The way Americans prepare for Thanksgiving has also changed. Economist John
Anderson of the American Farm Bureau Federation says people look for ways to save time,
though not everyone does.
“There are a lot of us who have grandmothers who would not even think of using a
store-bought pie crust. And that is kind of the least of the shortcuts that we use.”
He says shortcuts like buying prepared foods for the holiday are (7) part of a bigger trend
in America.
“If you think about our food in general, not just Thanksgiving dinner, but our food
products in general, there has been (8) a tremendous move over the last twenty or thirty years
toward more convenience products.”
Some people might not have the time or the desire to (9) prepare a big meal, or the
space for a lot of guests. Whatever the reason, John Anderson notes that more people go to a
restaurant for Thanksgiving dinner than in the past.
Charity groups and religious organizations will also be busy this Thursday, serving
Thanksgiving meals (10) to the needy. The weak economy has increased the number of
Americans receiving government assistance to buy food.

S 140
Unit 10 Celebrating Holidays

VI Learn English Through Movies


Movie
(You know, it’s funny what a young man (1) recollects, ’cause I don’t remember being
born. I don’t recall what I got for my first Christmas, and I don’t know when I went on
my first outdoor picnic, but I do remember the first time I heard the (2) sweetest voice in
the wide world.)
The following is Jenny: You can sit here if you want.
an episode from (I had never seen anything so beautiful in my life. She was like an (3) angel.)
the movie “Forrest Jenny: Well, are you going to sit down or aren’t you? What’s wrong with your legs?
Gump”. Enjoy it Forrest: Nothing at all. Thank you. My legs are just fine and dandy.
and complete the (I just sat next to her on that bus and had a (4) conversation all the way to school.
Forrest: My back’s crooked like a question (5) mark.
lines.
(Next to Mama, no one ever talked to me or asked me questions.)
Jenny: Are you stupid or something?
Forrest: Mama says, “Stupid is as stupid does.”
Jenny: I’m Jenny.
Forrest: I’m Forrest, Forrest Gump.
(From that day on, we were always together. Jenny and me were like peas and
(6) carrots. She taught me how to climb.)
Jenny: Come on, Forrest. You can do it.
(I showed her how to (7) dangle. She helped me learn how to read, and I
showed her how to swing. Sometimes, we’d just sit out and wait for the
(8) stars.)
Forrest: Mama’s going to worry about me.
Jenny: Just stay a little longer.
(For some reason, Jenny did never want to go home.)
Forrest: OK, Jenny, I’ll stay.
(She was my most (9) special friend, my only friend.)
Forrest: My Mama always told me that (10) miracles happen every day. Some people
don’t think so, but they do.

S 141

You might also like